Regen.

Remove.
Update.
2026-08-11 19:55:15 +00:00 · 2002-09-27 14:55:20 +00:00 · 2002-09-27 14:50:35 +00:00 · 2002-09-27 14:50:18 +00:00 · 2002-09-27 14:40:23 +00:00 · 2002-09-27 13:24:19 +00:00
197 changed files with 44105 additions and 17336 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+This file attempts to describe the rules to use when hacking Bison.
+Don't put this file into the distribution.  Don't mention it in the
+ChangeLog.
+
+Everything related to the development of Bison is on Savannah:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/bison/
+
+
+* Administrivia
+
+** If you incorporate a change from somebody on the net:
+First, if it is a large change, you must make sure they have signed
+the appropriate paperwork.  Second, be sure to add their name and
+email address to THANKS.
+
+** If a change fixes a test, mention the test in the ChangeLog entry.
+
+** Bug reports
+If somebody reports a new bug, mention his name in the ChangeLog entry
+and in the test case you write.  Put him into THANKS.
+
+The correct response to most actual bugs is to write a new test case
+which demonstrates the bug.  Then fix the bug, re-run the test suite,
+and check everything in.
+
+
+* Hacking
+
+** Visible changes
+Which include serious bug fixes, must be mentioned in NEWS.
+
+** Translations
+Only user visible strings are to be translated: error messages, bits
+of the .output file etc.  This excludes impossible error messages
+(comparable to assert/abort), and all the --trace output which is
+meant for the maintainers only.
+
+
+* Test suite
+
+** make check
+Use liberally.
+
+** Release checks
+Try to run the test suite with more severe conditions before a
+release:
+
+- Configure the package with --enable-gcc-warnings, so that one checks
+  that 1. Bison compiles cleanly, 2. the parsers it produces compile
+  cleanly too.
+
+- Change tests/bison to run `valgrind -q bison' to run Bison under
+  Valgrind.
+
+- Run the test suite with `./testsuite PREPARSER='valgrind -q' to make
+  sure the parser behave properly.
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CFLAGS to add your preferred options.  For
+  instance, `-traditional' to check that the parsers are K&R.  Note
+  that it does not make sense for glr.c, which should be ANSI,
+  but currently is actually GNU C, nor for lalr1.cc, which anyway is
+  not exercised yet in the test suite.
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CC to use a C++ compiler.
+
+
+* Release Procedure
+
+** Tests
+See above.
+
+** Update the foreign files
+Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
+This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
+contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
+fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
+
+Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
+whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
+PO files too.
+
+** Update NEWS
+The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
+betas).
+
+** Update ChangeLog
+Should have an entry similar to `Version 1.49b.'.
+Check all this in once `make distcheck' passes.
+
+** make alpha
+Running `make alpha' is absolutely perfect for beta releases: it makes
+the tarballs, the xdeltas, and prepares (in /tmp/) a proto
+announcement.  It is so neat, that that's what I use anyway for
+genuine releases, but adjusting things by hand (e.g., the urls in the
+announcement file, the ChangeLog which is not needed etc.).
+
+If it fails, you're on your own...
+
+It requires GNU Make.
+
+** Upload
+Put the tarballs/xdeltas where they should be.  Or put it somewhere,
+and send the URL to [email protected].
+
+** Bump the version number
+In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.
+
+** Announce
+Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
+[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
+[email protected], and [email protected].
+
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-## Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,16 +16,11 @@
 ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
 ## 02111-1307  USA

-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
-
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

-SUBDIRS = config intl po lib data src doc m4 tests
+SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests

-EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES configure.bat OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile


 ## ---------------------------- ##
@@ -1,20 +1,198 @@
 Bison News
 ----------

-Changes in version 1.49a:
+Changes in version 1.49c:

-* Items overflow
-  Bison no longer dumps core when there are too many items, it just
-  dies.
+
+Changes in version 1.49b, 2002-08-12:
+
+* GLR parsing
+  The declaration
+     %glr-parser
+  causes Bison to produce a Generalized LR (GLR) parser, capable of handling
+  almost any context-free grammar, ambiguous or not.  The new declarations
+  %dprec and %merge on grammar rules allow parse-time resolution of
+  ambiguities.  Contributed by Paul Hilfinger.
+
+* Output Directory
+  When not in Yacc compatibility mode, when the output file was not
+  specified, runnning `bison foo/bar.y' created `foo/bar.c'.  It
+  now creates `bar.c'.
+
+* Undefined token
+  The undefined token was systematically mapped to 2 which prevented
+  the use of 2 from the user.  This is no longer the case.
+
+* Unknown token numbers
+  If yylex returned a code out of range, yyparse could die.  This is
+  no longer the case.
+
+* Error token
+  According to POSIX, the error token should be numbered as 256.
+  Bison extends this requirement by making it a preference: *if* the
+  user specified that one of her tokens is numbered 256, then error
+  will be mapped onto another number.
+
+* Verbose error messages
+  They no longer report `..., expecting error or...' for state where
+  error recovery is possible.
+
+* End token
+  Defaults to `$end' instead of `$'.
+
+* Error recovery now conforms to documentation and to POSIX
+  When a Bison-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it now pops
+  the stack until it finds a state that allows shifting the error
+  token.  Formerly, it popped the stack until it found a state that
+  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
+  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
+  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
+  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
+
+* Traces
+  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
+
+* Larger grammars
+  Larger grammars are now supported (larger token numbers, larger grammar
+  size (= sum of the LHS and RHS lengths), larger LALR tables).
+  Formerly, many of these numbers ran afoul of 16-bit limits;
+  now these limits are 32 bits on most hosts.
+
+* Explicit initial rule
+  Bison used to play hacks with the initial rule, which the user does
+  not write.  It is now explicit, and visible in the reports and
+  graphs as rule 0.
+
+* Useless rules
+  Before, Bison reported the useless rules, but, although not used,
+  included them in the parsers.  They are now actually removed.
+
+* Useless rules, useless nonterminals
+  They are now reported, as a warning, with their locations.
+
+* Rules never reduced
+  Rules that can never be reduced because of conflicts are now
+  reported.
+
+* Incorrect `Token not used'
+  On a grammar such as
+
+           %token useless useful
+           %%
+           exp: '0' %prec useful;
+
+  where a token was used to set the precedence of the last rule,
+  bison reported both `useful' and `useless' as useless tokens.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31
+  as they caused too many portability hassles.
+
+* Default locations
+  By an accident of design, the default computation of @$ was
+  performed after another default computation was performed: @$ = @1.
+  The latter is now removed: YYLLOC_DEFAULT is fully responsible of
+  the computation of @$.

 * Token end-of-file
  The token end of file may be specified by the user, in which case,
  the user symbol is used in the reports, the graphs, and the verbose
-  error messages instead of `$', which remains being the defaults.
+  error messages instead of `$end', which remains being the default.
  For instance
     %token YYEOF 0
  or
     %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
+
+* Semantic parser
+  This old option, which has been broken for ages, is removed.
+
+* New translations
+  Brazilian Portuguese, thanks to Alexandre Folle de Menezes.
+  Croatian, thanks to Denis Lackovic.
+
+* Incorrect token definitions
+  When fed with `%token 'a' "A"', Bison used to output `#define 'a' 65'.
+
+* Token definitions as enums
+  Tokens are output both as the traditional #define's, and, provided
+  the compiler supports ANSI C or is a C++ compiler, as enums.
+  This helps debuggers producing symbols instead of values.
+
+* Reports
+  In addition to --verbose, bison supports --report=THINGS, which
+  produces additional information:
+  - itemset
+    complete the core item sets with their closure
+  - lookahead
+    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
+  - solved
+    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
+    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
+    the report.  Solved conflicts are now attached to their states.
+
+* Type clashes
+  Previous versions don't complain when there is a type clash on
+  the default action if the rule has a mid-rule action, such as in:
+
+      %type <foo> bar
+      %%
+      bar: '0' {} '0';
+
+  This is fixed.
+
+* GNU M4 is now required when using Bison.
+
+Changes in version 1.35, 2002-03-25:
+
+* C Skeleton
+  Some projects use Bison's C parser with C++ compilers, and define
+  YYSTYPE as a class.  The recent adjustment of C parsers for data
+  alignment and 64 bit architectures made this impossible.
+
+  Because for the time being no real solution for C++ parser
+  generation exists, kludges were implemented in the parser to
+  maintain this use.  In the future, when Bison has C++ parsers, this
+  kludge will be disabled.
+
+  This kludge also addresses some C++ problems when the stack was
+  extended.
+
+
+Changes in version 1.34, 2002-03-12:
+
+* File name clashes are detected
+  $ bison foo.y -d -o foo.x
+  fatal error: header and parser would both be named `foo.x'
+
+* A missing `;' at the end of a rule triggers a warning
+  In accordance with POSIX, and in agreement with other
+  Yacc implementations, Bison will mandate this semicolon in the near
+  future.  This eases the implementation of a Bison parser of Bison
+  grammars by making this grammar LALR(1) instead of LR(2).  To
+  facilitate the transition, this release introduces a warning.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31, as they caused too
+  many portability hassles.
+
+* DJGPP support added.
+
+* Fix test suite portability problems.
+
+Changes in version 1.33, 2002-02-07:
+
+* Fix C++ issues
+  Groff could not be compiled for the definition of size_t was lacking
+  under some conditions.
+
+* Catch invalid @n
+  As is done with $n.
+
+Changes in version 1.32, 2002-01-23:
+
+* Fix Yacc output file names
+
+* Portability fixes
+
+* Italian, Dutch translations

 Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:

@@ -43,6 +221,7 @@ Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:

 * Better C++ compliance
  The output parsers try to respect C++ namespaces.
+  [This turned out to be a failed experiment, and it was reverted later.]

 * Reduced Grammars
  Fixed bugs when reporting useless nonterminals.
@@ -100,7 +279,7 @@ Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:
 * --output
  New, aliasing `--output-file'.

-Changes in version 1.30:
+Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:

 * `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
@@ -223,3 +402,24 @@ Output file does not redefine const for C++.
 Local Variables:
 mode: outline
 End:
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Autoconf.
+
+GNU Autoconf is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Autoconf is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+These notes intend to help people working on the CVS versions of
+Bison.
+
+* Requirements
+
+Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
+maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
+tools we depend upon:
+
+- Automake 1.7
+
+- Autoconf 2.54
+
+- Gettext 0.11.5
+
+Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
+later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
+
+* First CVS checkout
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
+Bison from CVS.  For the records, you will find all the relevant
+information on:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=56
+
+The next step is asking the installation of all the missing files:
+
+	$ ./bootstrap
+
+And there you are!  Just
+
+	$ ./configure && make && make check
+
+At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
+and the CVS master copy:
+
+	$ cvs diff
+
+should output no difference, except maybe the date in po/*.po files.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+* Troubleshooting
+
+Unfortunately the current Gettext still does not include all the
+needed tools so that the bootstrapping always perform successfully.
+
+If you experience problems, I suggest the following:
+
+1. Do a regular CVS checkout
+
+2. Fetch a recent tarball in:
+   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/
+
+3. Extract it
+
+4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
+   tarball, i.e.:
+   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
+
+5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
@@ -1,44 +1,60 @@
 Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett.  It would not be what
 it is today without the invaluable help of these people:

-Airy Andre              [email protected]
-Akim Demaille           [email protected]
-Albert Chin-A-Young     [email protected]
-Alexander Belopolsky    [email protected]
+Airy Andre		[email protected]
+Akim Demaille		[email protected]
+Albert Chin-A-Young	[email protected]
+Alexander Belopolsky	[email protected]
+Andreas Schwab		[email protected]
 Arnold Robbins		[email protected]
-Cris van Pelt           [email protected]
-Daniel Hagerty          [email protected]
-David J. MacKenzie      [email protected]
+Benoit Perrot		[email protected]
+Bruce Lilly		[email protected]
+Cris Bailiff		[email protected]
+Cris van Pelt		[email protected]
+Daniel Hagerty		[email protected]
+David J. MacKenzie	[email protected]
 Dick Streefland		[email protected]
-Enrico Scholz           [email protected]
+Enrico Scholz		[email protected]
 Evgeny Stambulchik	[email protected]
-Fabrice Bauzac          [email protected]
-H. Merijn Brand         [email protected]
-Hans Aberg              [email protected]
-Jesse Thilo             [email protected]
-Jim Meyering            meyering@gnu.org
-Juan Manuel Guerrero    [email protected]
-Kees Zeelenberg         [email protected]
-Keith Browne            [email protected]
-Laurent Mascherpa       [email protected]
-Marc Autret             autret_m@epita.fr
-Mike Castle             [email protected]
-Neil Booth              [email protected]
-Nelson H. F. Beebe      [email protected]
-Noah Friedman           [email protected]
-Pascal Bart             [email protected]
-Paul Eggert             eggert@twinsun.com
-Per Allansson           [email protected]
-Peter Hámorský          [email protected]
-Piotr Gackiewicz        [email protected]
-Richard Stallman        [email protected]
-Robert Anisko           [email protected]
-Shura                   [email protected]
-Tom Lane                [email protected]
-Tom Tromey              [email protected]
-Wayne Green             wayne@infosavvy.com
-Wolfram Wagner          [email protected]
-Wwp                     [email protected]
+Fabrice Bauzac		[email protected]
+Florian Krohm		[email protected]
+H. Merijn Brand		[email protected]
+Hans Aberg		[email protected]
+Jesse Thilo		jthilo@gnu.org
+Jim Meyering		[email protected]
+Juan Manuel Guerrero	[email protected]
+Kees Zeelenberg		[email protected]
+Keith Browne		[email protected]
+Laurent Mascherpa	laurent.mascherpa@epita.fr
+Magnus Fromreide	[email protected]
+Marc Autret		[email protected]
+Martin Mokrejs          [email protected]
+Matt Kraai		[email protected]
+Michael Hayes		[email protected]
+Mike Castle		[email protected].com
+Neil Booth		[email protected]
+Nelson H. F. Beebe	[email protected]
+Nicolas Burrus		[email protected]
+Nicolas Tisserand	[email protected]
+Noah Friedman		[email protected]
+Pascal Bart		[email protected]
+Paul Eggert		[email protected]
+Paul Hilfinger		[email protected]
+Per Allansson		per@appgate.com
+Peter Hámorský		[email protected]
+Piotr Gackiewicz	[email protected]
+R Blake			[email protected]
+Raja R Harinath		[email protected]
+Richard Stallman	[email protected]
+Robert Anisko		[email protected]
+Shura			[email protected]
+Tim Josling		[email protected]
+Tom Lane		[email protected]
+Tom Tromey		[email protected]
+Wayne Green		[email protected]
+Wolfram Wagner		[email protected]
+Wwp			[email protected]
+Zack Weinberg		[email protected]

 Many people are not named here because we lost track of them.  We
 thank them!  Please, help us keeping this list up to date.
@@ -1,36 +1,207 @@
 -*- outline -*-

-* NEWS
-Sort from 1.31 NEWS.
+* Header guards

-* Prologue
-The %union is declared after the user C declarations. It can be
-a problem if YYSTYPE is declared after the user part.	[]
+En rentrant chez moi, je relance un `make' sur un projet que j'ai avancé
+ailleurs durant la semaine.  Le système que j'utilise ici est un peu plus
+à jour que l'autre, et le Bison est probablement plus récent itou.  Ici,
+c'est la version 1.33.  J'obtiens, en montrant un peu plus que nécessaire:

-Actually, the real problem seems that the %union ought to be output
-where it was defined.  For instance, in gettext/intl/plural.y, we
-have:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------->
+cd ~/fpub/pyrexpp/Pyrexpp/
+LANGUAGE= /usr/bin/make MAKEFLAGS='-k -j2'
+/usr/bin/make -C .. install
+make[1]: Entre dans le répertoire `/bpi/titan/home/pinard/fpub/pyrexpp'
+install -g bpi -m 2775 -d Prépare-titan
+chmod g+sw Prépare-titan
+touch Prépare-titan/.estampille
+/usr/bin/gcc  -fPIC -I/usr/include/python2.2 -IPrépare-titan -g -c -o Prépare-titan/ctools.o ctools.c
+bison -d -o Prépare-titan/c-parser.c c-parser.y
+/usr/bin/gcc  -fPIC -I/usr/include/python2.2 -IPrépare-titan -g -c -o Prépare-titan/c-parser.o Prépare-titan/c-parser.c
+flex -t c-scanner.l | grep -v '^#line' > Prépare-titan/c-scanner.c
+/usr/bin/gcc  -fPIC -I/usr/include/python2.2 -IPrépare-titan -g -c -o Prépare-titan/c-scanner.o Prépare-titan/c-scanner.c
+In file included from Prépare-titan/c-scanner.c:547:
+Prépare-titan/c-parser.h:1: warning: garbage at end of `#ifndef' argument
+Prépare-titan/c-parser.h:2: warning: missing white space after `#define BISON_PR'
+/usr/bin/gcc -o Prépare-titan/ctools.so Prépare-titan/ctools.o Prépare-titan/c-scanner.o -shared -lm
+python setup.py --quiet build
+install -g bpi -m 664 Prépare-titan/ctools.so /bpi/titan/local/lib/python2.2/site-packages/Pyrexpp
+python setup.py --quiet install
+make[1]: Quitte le répertoire `/bpi/titan/home/pinard/fpub/pyrexpp'
+[...]
+----------------------------------------------------------------------<

-	%{
-	...
-	#include "gettextP.h"
-	...
-	%}
+Diagnostics que je n'avais sûrement pas, plus tôt en journée, sur l'autre
+système.  En allant voir, je trouve:

-	%union {
-	  unsigned long int num;
-	  enum operator op;
-	  struct expression *exp;
+---------------------------------------------------------------------->
+#ifndef BISON_PRÉPARE_TITAN_C_PARSER_H
+# define BISON_PRÉPARE_TITAN_C_PARSER_H
+
+# ifndef YYSTYPE
+#  define YYSTYPE int
+# endif
+# define	IDENTIFIER	257
+[...]
+
+extern YYSTYPE yylval;
+
+#endif /* not BISON_PRÉPARE_TITAN_C_PARSER_H */
+----------------------------------------------------------------------<
+
+Le pré-processeur de C n'est pas à l'aise avec les caractères accentués
+dans les identificateurs.
+
+Bon, de mon expérience, il n'a jamais été nécessaire de protéger un fichier
+`.h' de Bison ou Yacc contre de multiples inclusions, mais si ça été
+fait, je présume qu'il y avait un problème réel et convaincant à régler,
+et qu'il ne s'agit pas d'une simple fantaisie: je ne mettrai donc pas
+ça en doute.  Mais le choix du nom de l'identificateur laisse à désirer,
+tu en conviendras :-).  Et faut-il vraiment y inclure le répertoire?
+
+
+* URGENT: Documenting C++ output
+Write a first documentation for C++ output.
+
+
+* Documentation
+Before releasing, make sure the documentation refers to the current
+`output' format.
+
+
+* Error messages
+Some are really funky.  For instance
+
+	type clash (`%s' `%s') on default action
+
+is really weird.  Revisit them all.
+
+
+* read_pipe.c
+This is not portable to DOS for instance.  Implement a more portable
+scheme.  Sources of inspiration include GNU diff, and Free Recode.
+
+
+* value_components_used
+Was defined but not used: where was it coming from?  It can't be to
+check if %union is used, since the user is free to $<foo>n on her
+union, doesn't she?
+
+
+* Report
+
+**  GLR
+How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
+what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
+part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
+keep $default?  See the following point.
+
+** Disabled Reductions
+See `tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
+what we want to do.
+
+** Documentation
+Extend with error productions.  The hard part will probably be finding
+the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
+undocumented ``features''.  Maybe an empty action ought to be
+presented too.  Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
+features, or should we have several very small grammars?
+
+** --report=conflict-path
+Provide better assistance for understanding the conflicts by providing
+a sample text exhibiting the (LALR) ambiguity.  See the paper from
+DeRemer and Penello: they already provide the algorithm.
+
+
+* Extensions
+
+** yyerror, yysymprint interface
+It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
+locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is recommended
+to #define yyerror and yyprint to steal internal variables...
+
+** Several %unions
+I think this is a pleasant (but useless currently) feature, but in the
+future, I want a means to %include other bits of grammars, and _then_
+it will be important for the various bits to define their needs in
+%union.
+
+When implementing multiple-%union support, bare the following in mind:
+
+- when --yacc, this must be flagged as an error.  Don't make it fatal
+  though.
+
+- The #line must now appear *inside* the definition of yystype.
+  Something like
+
+	{
+	#line 12 "foo.y"
+	  int ival;
+	#line 23 "foo.y"
+	  char *sval;
 	}

-	%{
-	...
-	static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-	...
-	%}
+* Unit rules
+Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
+
+	exp: arith | bool;
+	arith: exp '+' exp;
+	bool: exp '&' exp;
+
+into
+
+	exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
+
+when there are no actions.  This can significantly speed up some
+grammars.  I can't find the papers.  In particular the book `LR
+parsing: Theory and Practice' is impossible to find, but according to
+`Parsing Techniques: a Practical Guide', it includes information about
+this issue.  Does anybody have it?
+
+
+
+* Documentation
+
+** History/Bibliography
+Some history of Bison and some bibliography would be most welcome.
+Are there any Texinfo standards for bibliography?
+
+
+
+* Java, Fortran, etc.
+
+
+** Java
+
+There are a couple of proposed outputs:
+
+- BYACC/J
+  which is based on Byacc.
+  <http://troi.lincom-asg.com/~rjamison/byacc/>
+
+- Bison Java
+  which is based on Bison.
+  <http://www.goice.co.jp/member/mo/hack-progs/bison-java.html>
+
+Sébastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
+expected to contact the authors, design the output, and implement it
+into Bison.
+
+
+* Coding system independence
+Paul notes:
+
+	Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
+	255).  It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
+	the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
+	invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
+	people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
+	host.  I don't think these topics are worth our time
+	addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
+	PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
+	somewhere.
+

-Where the first part defines struct expression, the second uses it to
-define YYSTYPE, and the last uses YYSTYPE.  Only this order is valid.

 * --graph
 Show reductions.	[]
@@ -39,10 +210,9 @@ Show reductions.	[]
 ** %no-lines		[ok]
 ** %no-parser		[]
 ** %pure-parser		[]
-** %semantic-parser	[]
 ** %token-table		[]
 ** Options which could use parse_dquoted_param ().
-Maybe transfered in lex.c.
+Maybe transferred in lex.c.
 *** %skeleton		[ok]
 *** %output		[]
 *** %file-prefix	[]
@@ -59,10 +229,149 @@ Find the best graph parameters.	[]
 * doc/bison.texinfo
 ** Update
 informations about ERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
-** Add explainations about
+** Add explanations about
 skeleton muscles.	[]
 %skeleton.		[]

 * testsuite
 ** tests/pure-parser.at	[]
 New tests.
+
+* input synclines
+Some users create their foo.y files, and equip them with #line.  Bison
+should recognize these, and preserve them.
+
+* BTYacc
+See if we can integrate backtracking in Bison.  Contact the BTYacc
+maintainers.
+
+** Keeping the conflicted actions
+First, analyze the differences between byacc and btyacc (I'm referring
+to the executables).  Find where the conflicts are preserved.
+
+** Compare with the GLR tables
+See how isomorphic the way BTYacc and the way the GLR adjustments in
+Bison are compatible.  *As much as possible* one should try to use the
+same implementation in the Bison executables.  I insist: it should be
+very feasible to use the very same conflict tables.
+
+** Adjust the skeletons
+Import the skeletons for C and C++.
+
+** Improve the skeletons
+Have them support yysymprint, yydestruct and so forth.
+
+
+* Precedence
+
+** Partial order
+It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence.  It
+makes it impossible to have modular precedence information.  We should
+move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
+
+This will be possible with a Bison parser for the grammar, as it will
+make it much easier to extend the grammar.
+
+** Correlation b/w precedence and associativity
+Also, I fail to understand why we have to assign the same
+associativity to operators with the same precedence.  For instance,
+why can't I decide that the precedence of * and / is the same, but the
+latter is nonassoc?
+
+If there is really no profound motivation, we should find a new syntax
+to allow specifying this.
+
+** RR conflicts
+See if we can use precedence between rules to solve RR conflicts.  See
+what POSIX says.
+
+
+* $undefined
+From Hans:
+- If the Bison generated parser experiences an undefined number in the
+character range, that character is written out in diagnostic messages, an
+addition to the $undefined value.
+
+Suggest: Change the name $undefined to undefined; looks better in outputs.
+
+
+* Default Action
+From Hans:
+- For use with my C++ parser, I transported the "switch (yyn)" statement
+that Bison writes to the bison.simple skeleton file. This way, I can remove
+the current default rule $$ = $1 implementation, which causes a double
+assignment to $$ which may not be OK under C++, replacing it with a
+"default:" part within the switch statement.
+
+Note that the default rule $$ = $1, when typed, is perfectly OK under C,
+but in the C++ implementation I made, this rule is different from
+$<type_name>$ = $<type_name>1. I therefore think that one should implement
+a Bison option where every typed default rule is explicitly written out
+(same typed ruled can of course be grouped together).
+
+Note: Robert Anisko handles this.  He knows how to do it.
+
+
+* Warnings
+It would be nice to have warning support.  See how Autoconf handles
+them, it is fairly well described there.  It would be very nice to
+implement this in such a way that other programs could use
+lib/warnings.[ch].
+
+Don't work on this without first announcing you do, as I already have
+thought about it, and know many of the components that can be used to
+implement it.
+
+
+* Pre and post actions.
+From: Florian Krohm <[email protected]>
+Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
+To: [email protected]
+X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
+
+The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
+used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
+that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
+to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
+YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
+The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
+be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
+YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
+might come in handy for debugging purposes.
+All is needed is to add
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
+#else
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
+
+I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
+to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
+
+* Move to Graphviz
+Well, VCG seems really dead.  Move to Graphviz instead.  Also, equip
+the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
+
+echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
+autoreconf --verbose --install --force
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt config.rpath
@@ -31,7 +31,16 @@ if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
 fi
 # `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.

-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`}
+if test -z "$depfile"; then
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
+   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
+      dir=
+   fi
+   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
+   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
+fi
+
 tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}

 rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
@@ -198,17 +207,22 @@ aix)
  ;;

 tru64)
-   # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put 
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
   # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`

-   tmpdepfile1="$object.d"
-   tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'` 
   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
      "$@" -Wc,-MD
   else
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
      "$@" -MD
   fi

@@ -240,34 +254,40 @@ tru64)

 dashmstdout)
  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case "$arg" in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
+  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
+  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
      ;;
    esac
-    "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
  rm -f "$depfile"
  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
  tr ' ' '
@@ -285,36 +305,31 @@ dashXmstdout)
  ;;

 makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
  # X makedepend
-  (
-    shift
-    cleared=no
-    for arg in "$@"; do
-      case $cleared in no)
-        set ""; shift
-	cleared=yes
-      esac
-      case "$arg" in
-        -D*|-I*)
-	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-	-*)
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-      esac
-    done
-    obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
-    touch "$tmpdepfile"
-    ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  shift
+  cleared=no
+  for arg in "$@"; do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    -*)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
  rm -f "$depfile"
  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
 ' | \
 ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
 ## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
@@ -324,35 +339,39 @@ makedepend)

 cpp)
  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
      ;;
    esac
-    "$@" -E |
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E |
    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
  rm -f "$depfile"
  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
@@ -364,32 +383,25 @@ msvisualcpp)
  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+	set fnord "$@"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    *)
 	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
-      ;;
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
    esac
-    "$@" -E |
-    sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  done
+  "$@" -E |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
  rm -f "$depfile"
  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ then
 	echo "install:	no input file specified"
 	exit 1
 else
-	true
+	:
 fi

 if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
 		instcmd=:
 		chmodcmd=""
 	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
+		instcmd=$mkdirprog
 	fi
 else

@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ else
 # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
 # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.

-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
 	then
-		true
+		:
 	else
 		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
 		exit 1
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ else
 		echo "install:	no destination specified"
 		exit 1
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi

 # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ else
 	then
 		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi
 fi

@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`

 # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
 if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='	
-'
+defaultIFS='
+	'
 IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"

 oIFS="${IFS}"
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
        then
 		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi

 	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
@@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
 then
 	$doit $instcmd $dst &&

-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
 else

 # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ else
 	then
 		dstfile=`basename $dst`
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi

 # Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
@@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ else
 # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
 # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.

-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&

 # Now rename the file to the real destination.

@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.29c
+1.49a
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
 #
-# Copyright 2001, 2002  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@
 # 02111-1307  USA

 # We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
-AC_PREREQ(2.52g)
+AC_PREREQ(2.54)

-AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.49a], [[email protected]])
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.49c], [[email protected]])
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)

-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([bison], [1.49a])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.7 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
 AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)

 # Initialize the test suite.
@@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ AC_ISC_POSIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_PROG_RANLIB
 AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
+BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != xyes; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU M4 1.4 is required])
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])

 AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
 [  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
@@ -73,11 +78,7 @@ AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE],1,[Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions.])

 # Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h)
-
-# Checks for typedefs.
-
-# Checks for structures.
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])

 # Checks for compiler characteristics.
 AC_C_CONST
@@ -89,26 +90,29 @@ AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
 AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
 AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
 AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkstemp setlocale)
-AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen, malloc, memchr, memrchr])
-AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strchr strspn memchr memrchr)
-jm_FUNC_MALLOC
-jm_FUNC_REALLOC
+UTILS_FUNC_MKSTEMP
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, getopt,
+                stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
+                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memrchr \
+                 strchr stpcpy strrchr strspn strtol)
+AC_FUNC_MALLOC
+AC_FUNC_REALLOC
 jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
+jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH
 jm_PREREQ_ERROR
+jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME
 AM_WITH_DMALLOC
+BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR

-ALL_LINGUAS="de es et fr it ja nl ru sv tr"
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT(, need-ngettext)
-
-# This is necessary so that .o files in LIBOBJS are also built via
-# the ANSI2KNR-filtering rules.
-LIB@&t@OBJS=`echo $LIB@&t@OBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
-AC_SUBST(LIB@&t@OBJS)
+# Gettext.
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)

 AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
           config/Makefile
-           intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in
+           po/Makefile.in
           data/Makefile
           lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
           m4/Makefile])
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-echo Configuring bison for go32
-rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
-
-echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
-echo all.dos : bison >> Makefile
-
-if exist config.sed del config.sed
-
-echo "s/@srcdir@/./g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@CC@/gcc/g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_PROGRAM@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_DATA@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@DEFS@/-DHAVE_STRERROR/g			">> config.sed
-echo "s/@LIBS@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@ALLOCA@//g					">> config.sed
-
-echo "/^bison[ 	]*:/,/-o/ {				">> config.sed
-echo "  s/	\$(CC)/	>bison.rf/			">> config.sed
-echo "  /-o/ a\						">> config.sed
-echo "	$(CC) @bison.rf					">> config.sed
-echo "}							">> config.sed
-
-sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
-sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
-del config.sed
-del config2.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-## Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,4 +15,7 @@
 ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
 ## 02111-1307  USA

-dist_pkgdata_DATA = bison.simple bison.hairy bison.c++
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = c.m4 yacc.c lalr1.cc glr.c
+
+m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
+dist_m4sugar_DATA = m4sugar/m4sugar.m4 m4sugar/version.m4
@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-%%{section} %%{output-prefix} %%{output-infix} %%".hh"
-/* -*- C++ -*- */
-
-/* A Bison parser, made from %%filename,
-   by GNU bison %%version.  */
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
-   Copyright 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
-   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
-   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
-   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
-
-#include "stack.hh"
-/* #include "parser.hh" */
-#include "location.hh"
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  class %%{name};
- 
-  template < typename P >
-  struct Traits
-  {
-  };
-
-  template < >
-  struct Traits< %%{name} >
-  {
-    typedef int       StateType;
-    typedef %%{stype} SemanticType;
-    typedef Location  LocationType;
-  };
-}
-
-%%{prologue}
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  class %%{name}
-  {
-  public:
-    
-    typedef Traits< %%{name} >::StateType StateType;
-    typedef Traits< %%{name} >::SemanticType SemanticType;
-    typedef Traits< %%{name} >::LocationType LocationType;
-
-    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
-    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
-    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
-
-    %%{name} () : debug (1)
-    {
-      looka = empty;
-    }
-
-    virtual int parse ();
-
-  private:
-    
-    /* Call to lexical analyser.  */
-    virtual 
-    void 
-    lex () 
-    { 
-      looka = yylex (&value);
-    }
-
-    /* Stacks.  */
-    StateStack    state_stack;
-    SemanticStack semantic_stack;
-    LocationStack location_stack;
-
-    /* Tables.  */
-    static const short pact_[];
-    static const short defact_[];
-    static const short pgoto_[];
-    static const short defgoto_[];
-    static const short table_[];
-    static const short check_[];
-    static const short line_[];
-    static const short r1_[];
-    static const short r2_[];
-    static const char* const name_[];
-
-    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
-    /* FIXME: These tables should not be printed when not in debug 
-       mode.  %%ifdef?  */
-    static const short rhs_[];
-    static const short prhs_[];
-    static const short rline_[];
-
-    /* Even more tables.  */
-    static inline char translate (int token);
-
-    /* Eof and empty.  */
-    static const int eof;
-    static const int empty;
-
-    /* State.  */
-    int n;
-    int len;
-    int debug;
-    int state;
-    
-    /* Lookahead.  */
-    int looka;
-    int ilooka;
-    
-    /* @$ and $$.  */
-    SemanticType value;
-    LocationType location;
-  };
-}
-
-%%{section} %%{output-prefix} %%{output-infix} %%".cc"
-#include "%%{output-prefix}%%{output-infix}.hh"
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
-#if %%{debug}
-
-# include <cstdio>
-# define YYFPRINTF std::fprintf
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)			\
-do {						\
-  if (debug)					\
-    YYFPRINTF Args;				\
-} while (0)
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace. [The following comment makes no
-   sense to me.  Could someone clarify it?  --akim] Since this is
-   uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers from coexisting.
-   */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-/* Tokens.  */
-%%{tokendef}
-
-int
-yy::%%{name}::parse ()
-{
-  /* Initialize stack.  */
-  state_stack = StateStack (0);
-  semantic_stack = SemanticStack (1);
-  location_stack = LocationStack (1);
-
-  /* Reserve initial space.  The C parser needed that, but is it really
-     useful here?  */
-  state_stack.reserve (%%{initdepth});
-  semantic_stack.reserve (%%{initdepth});
-  location_stack.reserve (%%{initdepth});
-
-  /* Start.  */
-  state = 0;
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
-
-  /* New state.  */
- yynewstate:
-  state_stack.push (state);
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", state));
-
-  /* Backup.  */
- yybackup:
-
-  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
-  n = pact_[state];
-  if (n == %%{flag})
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
-  if (looka == empty)
-    {
-      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
-      lex ();
-    }
-
-  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
-  if (looka <= 0)
-    {
-      looka = eof;
-      ilooka = 0;
-      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      ilooka = translate (looka);
-#if %%{debug}
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", looka, name_[ilooka]);
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
-#endif
-    }
-
-  n += ilooka;
-  if (n < 0 || n > %%{last} || check_[n] != ilooka)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Reduce or error.  */
-  n = table_[n];
-  if (n < 0)
-    {
-      if (n == %%{flag})
-	goto yyerrlab;
-      else
-	{
-	  n = -n;
-	  goto yyreduce;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (n == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-  
-  /* Accept?  */
-  if (n == %%{final})
-    goto yyacceptlab;
-
-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", looka, name_[ilooka]));
-
-  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
-  if (looka != eof)
-    looka = empty;
-
-  semantic_stack.push (value);
-  location_stack.push (location);
-  state = n;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-  /* Default action.  */
- yydefault:
-  n = defact_[state];
-  if (n == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-  /* Reduce.  */
- yyreduce:
-  len = r2_[n];
-  value = semantic_stack[1 - len];
-  location = location_stack[1 - len];
-
-#if %%{debug}
-  if (debug)
-    {
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", n - 1, rline_[n]);
-      for (unsigned i = prhs_[n];
-	   rhs_[i] >= 0; ++i)
-	YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", name_[rhs_[i]]);
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "-> %s\n", name_[r1_[n]]);
-    }
-#endif
-  
-  {
-    SemanticType& yyval (value);
-    SemanticStack& yyvsp (semantic_stack);
-
-    switch (n)
-      {
-	%%{actions}
-      }
-  }
-  
-  state_stack.pop (len);
-  semantic_stack.pop (len);
-  location_stack.pop (len);
-
-#if %%{debug}
-  if (debug)
-    {
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
-      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack.begin (); 
-	   i != state_stack.end (); ++i)
-	YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *i);
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-#endif
-  
-  semantic_stack.push (value);
-  location_stack.push (location);
-
-  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
-  n = r1_[n];
-  state = pgoto_[n - %%{ntokens}] + state_stack[0];
-  if (state >= 0 && state <= %%{last} && check_[state] == state_stack[0])
-    state = table_[state];
-  else
-    state = defgoto_[n - %%{ntokens}];
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
- yyerrlab:
-  std::cerr << "Parse error." << std::endl; // FIXME: Need something like yyerror?
-  return 1;
-  
-  /* Accept.  */
- yyacceptlab:
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
-   STATE-NUM.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::pact_[] =
-{
-  %%{pact}
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
-   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
-   error.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::defact_[] =
-{
-  %%{defact}
-};
-
-/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::pgoto_[] =
-{
-  %%{pgoto}
-};
-
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::defgoto_[] =
-{
-  %%{defgoto}
-};
-
-/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
-   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
-   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::table_[] =
-{
-  %%{table}
-};
-
-/* YYCHECK.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::check_[] =
-{
-  %%{check}
-};
-
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
-const short
-yy::%%{name}::line_[] =
-{
-  %%{line}
-};
-
-/*YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::r1_[] =
-{
-  %%{r1}
-};
-
-/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::r2_[] =
-{
-  %%{r2}
-};
-
-/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
-   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
-const char*
-const yy::%%{name}::name_[] =
-{
-  %%{tname}
-};
-
-/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::rhs_[] =
-{
-  %%{rhs}
-};
-
-/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
-   YYRHS.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::prhs_[] =
-{
-  %%{prhs}
-};
-
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
-const short 
-yy::%%{name}::rline_[] =
-{
-  %%{rline}
-};
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
-char
-yy::%%{name}::translate (int token)
-{
-  static 
-  const char 
-  translate_[] =
-  {
-    %%{translate}
-  };
-  return ((unsigned)(token) <= %%{maxtok} ? translate_[token] : %%{nsym});
-}
-
-const int yy::%%{name}::eof = 0;
-const int yy::%%{name}::empty = -2;
-
-%%{epilogue}
-
-%%{section} %%"stack.hh"
-#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
-# define BISON_STACK_HH
-
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  template < class T, class S = std::vector< T > >
-  class Stack
-  {
-  public:
-
-    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
-    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
-
-    Stack () : seq_ ()
-    {
-    }
-
-    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
-    {
-    }
-
-    inline
-    T&
-    operator [] (int index)
-    {
-      return seq_[seq_.size () - 1 + index];
-    }
-
-    inline
-    const T&
-    operator [] (int index) const
-    {
-      return seq_[seq_.size () - 1 + index];
-    }
-
-    inline
-    void
-    push (const T& t)
-    {
-      seq_.push_back (t);
-    }
-
-    inline
-    void
-    pop (unsigned n = 1)
-    {
-      for (; n; --n)
-	seq_.pop_back ();
-    }
-    
-    inline
-    void
-    reserve (unsigned n)
-    {
-      seq_.reserve (n);
-    }
-
-    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
-    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
-
-  private:
-
-    S seq_;
-  };
-}
-
-#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH
-
-%%{section} %%"location.hh"
-#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
-# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  struct Position
-  {
-    int line;
-    int column;
-  };
-
-  struct Location
-  {
-    Position first;
-    Position last;
-  };
-}
-
-#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-%%{section} %%{output-prefix} %%{output-infix} %%".c"
-							  /* -*- C -*- */
-
-/* YYERROR and YYCOST are set by guards. If yyerror is set to a
-   nonzero value by a guard, the reduction with which the guard is
-   associated is not performed, and the error recovery mechanism is
-   invoked.  Yycost indicates the cost of performing the reduction
-   given the attributes of the symbols.  */
-static int yyerror;
-static int yycost;
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH indicates the size of the parser's state and value
-   stacks.  */
-
-#ifndef	YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 500
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXRULES must be at least as large as the number of rules that
-   could be placed in the rule queue.  That number could be determined
-   from the grammar and the size of the stack, but, as yet, it is not.
-   */
-
-#ifndef	YYMAXRULES
-# define YYMAXRULES 100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	YYMAXBACKUP
-# define YYMAXBACKUP 100
-#endif
-
-
-/* The state stack. */
-static short yyss[YYMAXDEPTH];
-/* The semantic value stack.  */
-static YYSTYPE yyvs[YYMAXDEPTH];
-/* The location stack.  */
-static YYLTYPE yyls[YYMAXDEPTH];
-/* The rule queue. */
-static short yyrq[YYMAXRULES];
-/* The lookahead symbol. */
-static int yychar;
-
-/* the semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
-static YYSTYPE yylval;
-
-/* the semantic value for the state at the top of the state stack.  */
-static YYSTYPE yytval;
-
-/* the variable used to return semantic values from the action
-   routines.  */
-static YYSTYPE yyval;
-
-/* location data for the lookahead symbol.  */
-static YYLTYPE yylloc;
-
-/* location data for the state at the top of the state stack.  */
-static YYLTYPE yytloc;
-
-
-static int yynunlexed;
-static short yyunchar[YYMAXBACKUP];
-static YYSTYPE yyunval[YYMAXBACKUP];
-static YYLTYPE yyunloc[YYMAXBACKUP];
-
-/* a pointer to the top of the state stack; only set during error
-   recovery.  */
-static short *yygssp;
-
-/* a pointer to the top of the value stack; only set during error
-   recovery.  */
-static YYSTYPE *yygvsp;
-
-/* a pointer to the top of the location stack; only set during error
-   recovery.  */
-static YYLTYPE *yyglsp;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| Yyget is an interface between the parser and the lexical analyzer.  |
-| It is costly to provide such an interface, but it avoids requiring  |
-| the lexical analyzer to be able to back up the scan.                |
-`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static inline void
-yyget (void)
-{
-  if (yynunlexed > 0)
-    {
-      yynunlexed--;
-      yychar = yyunchar[yynunlexed];
-      yylval = yyunval[yynunlexed];
-      yylloc = yyunloc[yynunlexed];
-    }
-  else if (yychar <= 0)
-    yychar = 0;
-  else
-    {
-      yychar = yylex ();
-      if (yychar < 0)
-	yychar = 0;
-      else
-	yychar = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-    }
-}
-
-
-static inline void
-yyunlex (int chr, YYSTYPE val, YYLTYPE loc)
-{
-  yyunchar[yynunlexed] = chr;
-  yyunval[yynunlexed] = val;
-  yyunloc[yynunlexed] = loc;
-  yynunlexed++;
-}
-
-
-static inline void
-yyrestore (short *first, short *last)
-{
-  short *ssp;
-  short *rp;
-  int symbol;
-  int state;
-  int tvalsaved;
-
-  ssp = yygssp;
-  yyunlex (yychar, yylval, yylloc);
-
-  tvalsaved = 0;
-  while (first != last)
-    {
-      symbol = yystos[*ssp];
-      if (symbol < YYNTBASE)
-	{
-	  yyunlex (symbol, yytval, yytloc);
-	  tvalsaved = 1;
-	  ssp--;
-	}
-
-      ssp--;
-
-      if (first == yyrq)
-	first = yyrq + YYMAXRULES;
-
-      first--;
-
-      for (rp = yyrhs + yyprhs[*first]; symbol = *rp; rp++)
-	{
-	  if (symbol < YYNTBASE)
-	    state = yytable[yypact[*ssp] + symbol];
-	  else
-	    {
-	      state = yypgoto[symbol - YYNTBASE] + *ssp;
-
-	      if (state >= 0 && state <= YYLAST && yycheck[state] == *ssp)
-		state = yytable[state];
-	      else
-		state = yydefgoto[symbol - YYNTBASE];
-	    }
-
-	  *++ssp = state;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (!tvalsaved && ssp > yyss)
-    {
-      yyunlex (yystos[*ssp], yytval, yytloc);
-      ssp--;
-    }
-
-  yygssp = ssp;
-}
-
-
-
-int
-yyparse (void)
-{
-  int yystate;
-  int yyn;
-  short *yyssp;
-  short *yyrq0;
-  short *yyptr;
-  YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-
-  int yylen;
-  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-  short *yyrq1;
-  short *yyrq2;
-
-  yystate = 0;
-  yyssp = yyss - 1;
-  yyvsp = yyvs - 1;
-  yylsp = yyls - 1;
-  yyrq0 = yyrq;
-  yyrq1 = yyrq0;
-  yyrq2 = yyrq0;
-
-  yychar = yylex ();
-  if (yychar < 0)
-    yychar = 0;
-  else
-    yychar = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-
-yynewstate:
-
-  if (yyssp >= yyss + YYMAXDEPTH - 1)
-    {
-      yyabort ("Parser Stack Overflow");
-      YYABORT;
-    }
-
-  *++yyssp = yystate;
-
-yyresume:
-
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  yyn += yychar;
-  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-  if (yyn < 0)
-    {
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-  else if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-
-  yyptr = yyrq2;
-  while (yyptr != yyrq1)
-    {
-      yyn = *yyptr++;
-      yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-      yyvsp -= yylen;
-      yylsp -= yylen;
-
-      yyguard (yyn, yyvsp, yylsp);
-      if (yyerror)
-	goto yysemerr;
-
-      yyaction (yyn, yyvsp, yylsp);
-      *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-      yylsp++;
-      if (yylen == 0)
-	{
-	  yylsp->first_line = yytloc.first_line;
-	  yylsp->first_column = yytloc.first_column;
-	  yylsp->last_line = (yylsp - 1)->last_line;
-	  yylsp->last_column = (yylsp - 1)->last_column;
-	  yylsp->text = 0;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  yylsp->last_line = (yylsp + yylen - 1)->last_line;
-	  yylsp->last_column = (yylsp + yylen - 1)->last_column;
-	}
-
-      if (yyptr == yyrq + YYMAXRULES)
-	yyptr = yyrq;
-    }
-
-  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-  yyrq2 = yyptr;
-  yyrq1 = yyrq0;
-
-  *++yyvsp = yytval;
-  *++yylsp = yytloc;
-  yytval = yylval;
-  yytloc = yylloc;
-  yyget ();
-
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-yydefault:
-
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-yyreduce:
-
-  *yyrq0++ = yyn;
-
-  if (yyrq0 == yyrq + YYMAXRULES)
-    yyrq0 = yyrq;
-
-  if (yyrq0 == yyrq2)
-    {
-      yyabort ("Parser Rule Queue Overflow");
-      YYABORT;
-    }
-
-  yyssp -= yyr2[yyn];
-  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
-  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
-  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
-    yystate = yytable[yystate];
-  else
-    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-yysemerr:
-  *--yyptr = yyn;
-  yyrq2 = yyptr;
-  yyvsp += yyr2[yyn];
-
-yyerrlab:
-
-  yygssp = yyssp;
-  yygvsp = yyvsp;
-  yyglsp = yylsp;
-  yyrestore (yyrq0, yyrq2);
-  yyrecover ();
-  yystate = *yygssp;
-  yyssp = yygssp;
-  yyvsp = yygvsp;
-  yyrq0 = yyrq;
-  yyrq1 = yyrq0;
-  yyrq2 = yyrq0;
-  goto yyresume;
-}
-
-%%{actions}
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+m4_divert(-1)                                                     -*- C -*-
+
+# C M4 Macros for Bison.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Copuright.  ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+# b4_copyright(TITLE, YEARS)
+# --------------------------
+m4_define([b4_copyright],
+[/* A Bison parser, made from b4_filename, by GNU bison b4_version.  */
+
+/* $1,
+   Copyright (C) $2 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */])
+
+
+## ------------ ##
+## Data Types.  ##
+## ------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_ints_in(INT1, INT2, LOW, HIGH)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Return 1 iff both INT1 and INT2 are in [LOW, HIGH], 0 otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_ints_in],
+[m4_eval([$3 <= $1 && $1 <= $4 && $3 <= $2 && $2 <= $4])])
+
+
+# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# MIN to MAX (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type],
+[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
+       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [128]), [1], [signed char],
+
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+
+       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],
+
+ 	                                       [int])])
+
+# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
+[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Assigning token numbers.  ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# b4_token_define(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -----------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_define],
+[#define $1 $2
+])
+
+
+# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
+m4_define([b4_token_enum],
+[$1 = $2])
+
+
+# b4_token_defines(LIST-OF-PAIRS-TOKEN-NAME-TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums and #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_defines],
+[m4_if([$@], [[]], [],
+[/* Tokens.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+      know about them.  */
+   enum yytokentype {
+m4_map_sep([     b4_token_enum], [,
+],
+           [$@])
+   };
+# endif
+  /* POSIX requires `int' for tokens in interfaces.  */
+# define YYTOKENTYPE int
+#endif /* !YYTOKENTYPE */
+m4_map([b4_token_define], [$@])
+])
+])
+
+
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+## Declaring C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_function],
+[$2
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+$1 (b4_c_ansi_args(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+#else
+$1 (b4_c_knr_arg_names(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+b4_c_knr_arg_decls(m4_shiftn(2, $@))
+#endif[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# -----------------------------------
+# Output the arguments ANSI-C definition.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_args],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_ansi_arg], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_arg],
+[$1 $2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the argument names.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_names],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_name], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_name],
+[$2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the K&R argument declarations.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decls],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+            [
+],
+            [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+[    $1 $2;])
@@ -0,0 +1,883 @@
+m4_divert(-1)
+# C++ skeleton for Bison
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+m4_include([c.m4])
+
+# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
+# --------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
+[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
+# symbols on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
+[semantic_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_ltype], [Location])
+
+# b4_lhs_location()
+# -----------------
+# Expansion of @$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
+[yyloc])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
+# on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
+[location_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_input_suffix], [.y])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [cC])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_parser_suffix[]])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [hH])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_header_suffix[]])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_header_guard],
+                  [m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([BISON_]b4_output_header_name),
+                                [[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]], [_])])
+
+m4_define([b4_inherit],
+          [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [: public b4_root
+],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_param],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+	            [,
+            const Param& param],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_constructor],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [b4_root (param),
+      ],
+		    [])])
+
+
+m4_divert(0)dnl
+#output "b4_output_header_name"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+#ifndef b4_header_guard
+# define b4_header_guard
+
+#include "stack.hh"
+#include "location.hh"
+
+#include <string>
+#include <iostream>
+
+/* Using locations.  */
+#define YYLSP_NEEDED b4_locations_flag
+
+/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */
+b4_pre_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+/* Tokens.  */
+b4_token_defines(b4_tokens)
+
+/* Enabling traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG b4_debug
+#endif
+
+/* Enabling verbose error message.  */
+#ifndef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE b4_error_verbose
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+m4_ifdef([b4_stype],
+[#line b4_stype_line "b4_filename"
+typedef union b4_stype yystype;
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"],
+[typedef int yystype;])
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+#endif
+
+/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */
+b4_post_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__  "__ofile__"
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+   Current.last_line = Rhs[[N]].last_line; \
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[[N]].last_column;
+#endif
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name;
+
+  template < typename P >
+  struct Traits
+  {
+  };
+
+  template < >
+  struct Traits< b4_name >
+  {
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_translate]) TokenNumberType;
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_rhs])       RhsNumberType;
+    typedef int      StateType;
+    typedef yystype  SemanticType;
+    typedef b4_ltype LocationType;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name b4_inherit
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::TokenNumberType TokenNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::RhsNumberType   RhsNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::StateType       StateType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::SemanticType    SemanticType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::LocationType    LocationType;
+
+    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
+    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
+    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    b4_name (bool debug,
+	    LocationType initlocation[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr),
+      initlocation_ (initlocation)
+#else
+    b4_name (bool debug[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr)
+#endif
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual ~b4_name ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual int parse ();
+
+  private:
+
+    virtual void lex_ ();
+    virtual void error_ ();
+    virtual void print_ ();
+
+    /* Stacks.  */
+    StateStack    state_stack_;
+    SemanticStack semantic_stack_;
+    LocationStack location_stack_;
+
+    /* Tables.  */
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact]) defact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto]) pgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto]) defgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_check]) check_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1]) r1_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2]) r2_[[]];
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+    static const char* const name_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+    static const RhsNumberType rhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) prhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline]) rline_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos]) stos_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum]) token_number_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* Even more tables.  */
+    static inline TokenNumberType translate_ (int token);
+
+    /* Constants.  */
+    static const int eof_;
+    static const int last_;
+    static const int nnts_;
+    static const int empty_;
+    static const int final_;
+    static const int terror_;
+    static const int errcode_;
+    static const int ntokens_;
+    static const int initdepth_;
+    static const unsigned user_token_number_max_;
+    static const TokenNumberType undef_token_;
+
+    /* State.  */
+    int n_;
+    int len_;
+    int state_;
+
+    /* Debugging.  */
+    int debug_;
+    std::ostream &cdebug_;
+
+    /* Lookahead and lookahead in internal form.  */
+    int looka_;
+    int ilooka_;
+
+    /* Message.  */
+    std::string message;
+
+    /* Semantic value and location of lookahead token.  */
+    SemanticType value;
+    LocationType location;
+
+    /* @$ and $$.  */
+    SemanticType yyval;
+    LocationType yyloc;
+
+    /* Initial location.  */
+    LocationType initlocation_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif /* not b4_header_guard */
+dnl
+#output "b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[].cc"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+
+#include "b4_output_header_name"
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (debug_) cdebug_
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (0) cdebug_
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+int
+yy::b4_name::parse ()
+{
+  int nerrs = 0;
+  int errstatus = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize stack.  */
+  state_stack_ = StateStack (0);
+  semantic_stack_ = SemanticStack (1);
+  location_stack_ = LocationStack (1);
+
+  /* Start.  */
+  state_ = 0;
+  looka_ = empty_;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  location = initlocation_;
+#endif
+  YYCDEBUG << "Starting parse" << std::endl;
+
+  /* New state.  */
+ yynewstate:
+  state_stack_.push (state_);
+  YYCDEBUG << "Entering state " << state_ << std::endl;
+  goto yybackup;
+
+  /* Backup.  */
+ yybackup:
+
+  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
+  n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == pact_ninf_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
+  if (looka_ == empty_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reading a token: ";
+      lex_ ();
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
+  if (looka_ <= 0)
+    {
+      looka_ = eof_;
+      ilooka_ = 0;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Now at end of input." << std::endl;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ilooka_ = translate_ (looka_);
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Next token is " << looka_
+		 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  print_ ();
+	  YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  n_ += ilooka_;
+  if (n_ < 0 || n_ > last_ || check_[[n_]] != ilooka_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Reduce or error.  */
+  n_ = table_[[n_]];
+  if (n_ < 0)
+    {
+      if (n_ == table_ninf_)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      else
+	{
+	  n_ = -n_;
+	  goto yyreduce;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  /* Accept?  */
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting token " << looka_
+	 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << "), ";
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (looka_ != eof_)
+    looka_ = empty_;
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (errstatus)
+    --errstatus;
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Default action.  */
+ yydefault:
+  n_ = defact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+  /* Reduce.  */
+ yyreduce:
+  len_ = r2_[[n_]];
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[0]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[0]];
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reducing via rule " << n_ - 1
+	     << " (line " << rline_[[n_]] << "), ";
+      for (b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) i = prhs_[[n_]];
+	   rhs_[[i]] >= 0; ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << name_[[rhs_[i]]] << ' ';
+      YYCDEBUG << "-> " << name_[[r1_[n_]]] << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      Slice< LocationType, LocationStack > slice (location_stack_, len_);
+      YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, slice, len_);
+    }
+
+  switch (n_)
+    {
+      b4_actions
+    }
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+  state_stack_.pop (len_);
+  semantic_stack_.pop (len_);
+  location_stack_.pop (len_);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "state stack now";
+      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	   i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+      YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (yyval);
+  location_stack_.push (yyloc);
+
+  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
+  n_ = r1_[[n_]];
+  state_ = pgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]] + state_stack_[[0]];
+  if (state_ >= 0 && state_ <= last_ && check_[[state_]] == state_stack_[[0]])
+    state_ = table_[[state_]];
+  else
+    state_ = defgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]];
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
+ yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!errstatus)
+    {
+      ++nerrs;
+
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (pact_ninf_ < n_ && n_ < last_)
+	{
+	  message = "parse error, unexpected ";
+	  message += name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  {
+	    int count = 0;
+	    for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+	      if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		++count;
+	    if (count < 5)
+	      {
+		count = 0;
+		for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+		  if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		    {
+		      message += (!count++) ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+		      message += name_[[x]];
+		    }
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	message = "parse error";
+      error_ ();
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+  /* Error raised explicitly by an action.  */
+ yyerrlab1:
+  if (errstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+      if (looka_ == eof_)
+	goto yyabortlab;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Discarding token " << looka_
+	     << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << ")." << std::endl;
+      looka_ = empty_;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  errstatus = 3;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (n_ != pact_ninf_)
+	{
+	  n_ += terror_;
+	  if (0 <= n_ && n_ <= last_ && check_[[n_]] == terror_)
+	    {
+	      n_ = table_[[n_]];
+	      if (0 < n_)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (!state_stack_.height ())
+	goto yyabortlab;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  if (stos_[[state_]] < ntokens_)
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping token "
+		     << token_number_[[stos_[state_]]]
+		     << " (" << name_[[stos_[state_]]];
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	      YYPRINT (stderr, token_number_[[stos_[state_]]],
+		       semantic_stack_.top ());
+# endif
+	      YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping nonterminal ("
+		     << name_[[stos_[state_]]] << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      state_ = (state_stack_.pop (), state_stack_[[0]]);
+      semantic_stack_.pop ();
+      location_stack_.pop ();;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Error: state stack now";
+	  for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	       i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	    YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+	  YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting error token, ";
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Accept.  */
+ yyacceptlab:
+  return 0;
+
+  /* Abort.  */
+ yyabortlab:
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+yy::b4_name::lex_ ()
+{
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  looka_ = yylex (&value, &location);
+#else
+  looka_ = yylex (&value);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* YYPACT[[STATE-NUM]] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+   STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) yy::b4_name::pact_ninf_ = b4_pact_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])
+yy::b4_name::pact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pact
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[[S]] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])
+yy::b4_name::defact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defact
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])
+yy::b4_name::pgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pgoto
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])
+yy::b4_name::defgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defgoto
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
+   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) yy::b4_name::table_ninf_ = b4_table_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table])
+yy::b4_name::table_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_table
+};
+
+/* YYCHECK.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_check])
+yy::b4_name::check_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_check
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* STOS_[[STATE-NUM]] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])
+yy::b4_name::stos_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_stos
+};
+
+/* TOKEN_NUMBER_[[YYLEX-NUM]] -- Internal token number corresponding
+   to YYLEX-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])
+yy::b4_name::token_number_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_toknum
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[[YYN]] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])
+yy::b4_name::r1_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r1
+};
+
+/* YYR2[[YYN]] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])
+yy::b4_name::r2_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r2
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+/* YYTNAME[[SYMBOL-NUM]] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+const char*
+const yy::b4_name::name_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_tname
+};
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+const yy::b4_name::RhsNumberType
+yy::b4_name::rhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rhs
+};
+
+/* YYPRHS[[YYN]] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
+   YYRHS.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])
+yy::b4_name::prhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_prhs
+};
+
+/* YYRLINE[[YYN]] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])
+yy::b4_name::rline_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rline
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
+yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType
+yy::b4_name::translate_ (int token)
+{
+  static
+  const TokenNumberType
+  translate_[[]] =
+  {
+    b4_translate
+  };
+  if ((unsigned) token <= user_token_number_max_)
+    return translate_[[token]];
+  else
+    return undef_token_;
+}
+
+const int yy::b4_name::eof_ = 0;
+const int yy::b4_name::last_ = b4_last;
+const int yy::b4_name::nnts_ = b4_nterms_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::empty_ = -2;
+const int yy::b4_name::final_ = b4_final_state_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::terror_ = 1;
+const int yy::b4_name::errcode_ = 256;
+const int yy::b4_name::ntokens_ = b4_tokens_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::initdepth_ = b4_initdepth;
+
+const unsigned yy::b4_name::user_token_number_max_ = b4_user_token_number_max;
+const yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType yy::b4_name::undef_token_ = b4_undef_token_number;
+
+b4_epilogue
+dnl
+#output "stack.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
+# define BISON_STACK_HH
+
+#include <deque>
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  template < class T, class S = std::deque< T > >
+  class Stack
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
+    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
+
+    Stack () : seq_ ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index)
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    push (const T& t)
+    {
+      seq_.push_front (t);
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    pop (unsigned n = 1)
+    {
+      for (; n; --n)
+	seq_.pop_front ();
+    }
+
+    inline
+    unsigned
+    height () const
+    {
+      return seq_.size ();
+    }
+
+    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
+    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
+
+  private:
+
+    S seq_;
+  };
+
+  template < class T, class S = Stack< T > >
+  class Slice
+  {
+  public:
+
+    Slice (const S& stack,
+	   unsigned range) : stack_ (stack),
+			     range_ (range)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return stack_[[range_ - index]];
+    }
+
+  private:
+
+    const S& stack_;
+    unsigned range_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH
+dnl
+#output "location.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
+# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  struct Position
+  {
+    int line;
+    int column;
+  };
+
+  struct Location
+  {
+    Position first;
+    Position last;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This file is part of -*- Autoconf -*-.
+# Version of Autoconf.
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_NAME],      [GNU Autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_TARNAME],   [autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION],   [2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_STRING],    [GNU Autoconf 2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [[email protected]])
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ bison.dvi
 bison.fn
 bison.ky
 bison.log
+bison.pdf
 bison.pg
 bison.ps
 bison.toc
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4

 info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
 man_MANS = bison.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-## Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,25 +21,40 @@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)

 noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a

-# libintl.h in is build/intl, libgettext.h in src/intl/,
-# config.h in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
-INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)/intl \
-           -I$(top_builddir)      \
+# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
-           -I$(top_srcdir)/intl \
           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib

 # Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
-# understand LIBOBJ additions using $objext...
-
-EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c
+# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
+# configure.in).
+EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c

 libbison_a_SOURCES = \
+  gettext.h \
  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
  getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
  hash.h hash.c \
  quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
-  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c
+  readpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
+  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)
+
+# Implementation of bitsets
+bitsets_sources = \
+libiberty.h \
+abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
+abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
+bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
+
+# Additional bitset operations.
+additional_bitsets_sources = \
+	bitsetv-print.h bitsetv-print.c
+
+# timevars, stolen from GCC.
+timevars_sources = \
+	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def

 libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/* Array bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
+   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
+
+typedef struct abitset_struct
+{
+  unsigned int n_bits;	/* Number of bits.  */
+  bitset_word words[1];	/* The array of bits.  */
+}
+*abitset;
+
+
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+  struct abitset_struct a;
+};
+
+static void abitset_unused_clear PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+static int abitset_small_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				       bitset_bindex *));
+
+static void abitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void abitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int abitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int abitset_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int abitset_op1 PARAMS ((bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op2 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op3 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset,
+				enum bitset_ops));
+static int abitset_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				 bitset_bindex *));
+static int abitset_reverse_list
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+
+#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
+#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_small_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
+
+  /* Short circuit common case.  */
+  if (!word)
+    return 0;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  bitno = *next;
+  if (bitno >= size)
+    return 0;
+
+  word >>= bitno;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    list[count++] = bitno;
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitno;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  bitno++;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets.  */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_reverse_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word word;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+	{
+	  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+		  return count;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word <<= 1;
+	}
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static int
+abitset_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+	continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+	 of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
+	return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+	{
+	  /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+	     Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+	     with many set bits where we filled the array
+	     on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+	  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+	  word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+	  for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	}
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		list[count++] = bitno;
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+abitset_unused_clear (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op1 (dst, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_ZERO:
+      memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ONES:
+      memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+      abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
+	if (dstp[i])
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op2 (dst, src, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_COPY:
+      if (srcp == dstp)
+	break;
+      memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_NOT:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	*dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+      abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    case BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+	if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    case BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+	if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+      break;
+      
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op3 (dst, src1, src2, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_XOR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+	{
+	  bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+
+	  if (*dstp != tmp)
+	    {
+	      changed = 1;
+	      *dstp = tmp;
+	    }
+	}
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct abitset_small_ops = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  abitset_op1,
+  abitset_op2,
+  abitset_op3,
+  abitset_op4,
+  abitset_small_list,
+  abitset_reverse_list,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct abitset_ops = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  abitset_op1,
+  abitset_op2,
+  abitset_op3,
+  abitset_op4,
+  abitset_list,
+  abitset_reverse_list,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+int
+abitset_bytes (n_bits)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes, size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  bytes = size * sizeof (bitset_word);
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_struct) + bytes - sizeof (bitset_word);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+abitset_init (bset, n_bits)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
+     There is probably little merit if using caching since
+     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
+  if (size == 1)
+    bset->b.ops = &abitset_small_ops;
+  else
+    bset->b.ops = &abitset_ops;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = size;
+  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
+  return bset;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Functions to support abitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ABITSET_H
+#define _ABITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
+  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+	{
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+	    /* Exact match found.  */
+	    return i;
+	  else if (matchind == -1)
+	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
+	    matchind = i;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
@@ -19,53 +19,61 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-#endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
+#include "dirname.h"

 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
   since it has different meanings in different environments.
   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
-   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */

 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
-  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
-  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
  char const *p;

-  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
    {
      if (ISSLASH (*p))
-	base = p + 1;
-      else
-	all_slashes = 0;
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
    }

-  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
-  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
-    --base;
-
-  /* Make sure the last byte is not a slash.  */
-  assert (all_slashes || !ISSLASH (*(p - 1)));
-
  return (char *) base;
 }
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* Base bitset stuff.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BBITSET_H
+#define _BBITSET_H
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
+   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, faster).
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
+   for large very sparse sets). 
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits 
+   (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets). 
+
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
+*/
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
+		  BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
+
+enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
+
+/* Non-zero to use inline functions instead of macros.  */
+#define BITSET_INLINE 0
+
+/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
+typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+
+/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
+   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
+   size_t, and that is good enough.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
+
+/* Word index.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_windex;
+
+#define BITSET_INDEX_MAX ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
+
+enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES, 
+		 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT, 
+		 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN, 
+		 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.ops->size (SRC) 
+
+/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.ops->type 
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.ops->set (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.ops->reset (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
+#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.ops->test (SRC, BITNO) 
+
+/* Free bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
+ ((SRC)->b.ops->free ? (SRC)->b.ops->free (SRC) :(void)0)
+
+/* Perform operation OP on DST.  */
+#define BITSET_OP1_(DST, OP) (DST)->b.ops->op1 (DST, OP) 
+
+/* Perform operation OP on SRC and store in DST.  */
+#define BITSET_OP2_(DST, SRC, OP) (DST)->b.ops->op2 (DST, SRC, OP) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 OP SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OP3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, OP) \
+(DST)->b.ops->op3 (DST, SRC1, SRC2, OP) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 OP1 SRC2) OP2 SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OP4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, OP) \
+(DST)->b.ops->op4 (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, OP) 
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) BITSET_OP1_ (DST, BITSET_OP_ZERO);
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) BITSET_OP1_ (DST, BITSET_OP_ONES);
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) BITSET_OP1_ (SRC, BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P);
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P) 
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P) 
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC)\
+ BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P) 
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_COPY) 
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) BITSET_OP2_ (DST, SRC, BITSET_OP_NOT) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2,\
+  BITSET_OP_OR) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2,\
+  BITSET_OP_XOR) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, \
+  BITSET_OP_AND) 
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OP3_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, \
+  BITSET_OP_ANDN) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND) 
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+  BITSET_OP4_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR) 
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+(BSET)->b.ops->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+(BSET)->b.ops->reverse_list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+
+struct bbitset_struct
+{
+  struct bitset_ops_struct *ops;
+  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
+  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
+  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
+  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
+     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
+     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
+     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
+     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
+};
+
+
+typedef struct bitset_struct *bitset;
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
+struct bitset_ops_struct
+{
+  void (*set) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  void (*reset) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*test) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*size) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *));
+  int (*op1) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op2) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op3) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      struct bitset_struct *, enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*op4) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      struct bitset_struct *, struct bitset_struct *,
+		      enum bitset_ops));
+  int (*list) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex *,
+		       bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  int (*reverse_list) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *, bitset_bindex *,
+			       bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  void (*free) PARAMS ((struct bitset_struct *));
+  enum bitset_type type;
+};
+
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.ops == (BSET2)->b.ops)
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
+
+
+extern int bitset_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset, 
+			       enum bitset_ops op));
+
+#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+/* General bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+static void bitset_print PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset, int));
+
+
+/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
+   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
+int
+bitset_bytes (type, n_bits)
+     enum bitset_type type;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
+bitset
+bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+  
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
+   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
+   hint and may be zero.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  /* Check attributes.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
+    abort ();
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Note that sometimes we will be asked for a zero length
+     fixed size bitset.  */
+
+  /* Choose the type of bitset.  */
+
+  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
+  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    {
+      type = BITSET_LIST;
+      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+	type = BITSET_TABLE;
+    }
+
+  return type;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_alloc (n_bits, type)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+
+  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
+     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
+     element.  */
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_obstack_alloc (bobstack, n_bits, type)
+     struct obstack *bobstack;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
+  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
+   ATTR.  */
+bitset
+bitset_create (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+
+  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET.  */
+void
+bitset_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+  free (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
+void
+bitset_obstack_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   enum bitset_type type;
+
+   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
+   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
+      return type;
+   
+   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return -1 if SRC empty.  */
+int
+bitset_next (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return -1;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return -1 if SRC empty.  */
+int
+bitset_prev (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_reverse_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return -1;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find first set bit.   */
+int
+bitset_first (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_next (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Find last set bit.   */
+int
+bitset_last (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+int
+bitset_only_set_p (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val[2];
+  bitset_bindex next = 0;
+
+  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
+    return 0;
+  return val[0] == bitno;
+}
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+int
+bitset_toggle (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
+     required.  */
+  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
+    {
+      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
+static void
+bitset_print (file, bset, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+     int verbose;
+{
+  unsigned int i, pos;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %d, set = {", bitset_size (bset));
+
+  pos = 30;
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
+  {
+    if (pos > 70)
+      {
+	fprintf (file, "\n");
+	pos = 0;
+      }
+
+    fprintf (file, "%d ", i);
+    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
+  };
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "}\n");
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_copy (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+    return BITSET_COPY_ (dst, src);
+
+  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
+     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
+  bitset_zero (dst);
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+  {
+     bitset_set (dst, i);
+  };
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_count (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  int num;
+  int count;
+  
+  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
+     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
+     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
+
+  next = 0;
+  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
+       count += num)
+    continue;
+  
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+int
+bitset_zero (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  return BITSET_ZERO_ (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+int
+bitset_ones (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  return BITSET_ONES_ (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+int
+bitset_empty_p (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_subset_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_equal_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+int
+bitset_disjoint_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+int
+bitset_not (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_NOT_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_or (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_OR_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_and (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_AND_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_xor (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_XOR_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+int
+bitset_andn (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  return BITSET_ANDN_ (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
+   four operand operations.  */
+int
+bitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset tmp;
+
+  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
+  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      BITSET_OR_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_AND_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      BITSET_AND_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_OR_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      BITSET_ANDN_ (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = BITSET_OR_ (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bitset_free (tmp);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_or_and (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_and_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_andn_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_dump (file, bset)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
+void
+debug_bitset (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  if (bset)
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
+}
+
+
+/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
+void
+bitset_release_memory ()
+{
+  lbitset_release_memory ();
+  ebitset_release_memory ();
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* Generic bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H
+#define _BITSET_H 
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
+enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
+		  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
+		  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
+		  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
+		  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
+		  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
+
+/* The contents of the structure should be considered to be private.
+   While I would like to make this structure opaque, it needs to be
+   visible for the inline bit set/test functions.  */
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+};
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
+   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  int num;
+  int i;
+} bitset_iterator;
+
+
+/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
+extern int bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
+extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
+   and attributes.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
+						    bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
+   bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
+					    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
+extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_count PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+#if BITSET_INLINE
+static inline void bitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline void bitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline int bitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_set (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_reset (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline int bitset_test (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if ! BITSET_INLINE
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_set(bset, bitno)					\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)					\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] |=					\
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_SET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_reset(bset, bitno)				\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)					\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] &=					\
+      ~((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_RESET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_test(bset, bitno) \
+(((((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex) < (bset)->b.csize) \
+  ? (((int)							\
+      ((bset)->b.cdata[(((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex)] \
+       >> ((bitno) % BITSET_WORD_BITS)))			\
+     & 1)							\
+  : BITSET_TEST_ ((bset), (bitno)))
+#endif
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+extern int bitset_toggle PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+extern int bitset_zero PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+extern int bitset_ones PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return non-zero if all bits in bitset SRC are reset.  */
+extern int bitset_empty_p PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_subset_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_equal_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+extern int bitset_disjoint_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST == SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_copy PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+extern int bitset_not PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_xor PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+extern int bitset_andn PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_or_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_and_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+extern int bitset_andn_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+/* Find next bit set in BSET starting from and including BITNO.  */
+extern int bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find previous bit set in BSET starting from and including BITNO.  */
+extern int bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_reverse_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find first set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Find last set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Dump bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
+   to the index of each set bit.  */
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
+                                   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
+   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit.  */
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
+                                          BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
+
+#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2)  bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) 
+
+
+/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
+extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Dump bitset stats.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
+
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/* Bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
+   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
+   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
+   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
+   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
+   routines.  
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+/* Configuration macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
+#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
+#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
+#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
+
+
+/* Accessor macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)	 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
+#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
+#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
+
+
+typedef struct bitset_stats_struct
+{
+  bitset bset;
+} *bitset_stats;
+
+
+struct bitset_struct
+{
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+  struct bitset_stats_struct s;
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_type_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int allocs;
+  unsigned int frees;
+  unsigned int lists;
+  unsigned int sets;
+  unsigned int cache_sets;
+  unsigned int resets;
+  unsigned int cache_resets;
+  unsigned int tests;
+  unsigned int cache_tests;
+  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
+};
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int runs;
+  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
+int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+
+
+static void bitset_stats_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void bitset_stats_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_op1 PARAMS ((bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op2 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op3 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_op4 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset,
+				     enum bitset_ops));
+static int bitset_stats_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				      bitset_bindex *));
+static int bitset_stats_reverse_list
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+static void bitset_stats_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_percent_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						    const char *,
+						    unsigned int,
+						    unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_log_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						const char *,
+						unsigned int,
+						unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_stats_print_1
+PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, struct bitset_type_info_struct *));
+static void bitset_stats_print PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+
+
+/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     i * 100.0 / n_bins,
+	     (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+  unsigned int max_width;
+  unsigned int last_bin;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
+     continue;
+  last_bin = i - 1;
+
+  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
+  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
+
+  for (; i <= last_bin; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d-%d\t%8d (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
+	     1 << (i - 1), (1 << i) - 1, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print_1 (file, name, stats)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats;
+{
+  if (!stats)
+    return;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_allocs, %d freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
+	   stats->allocs, stats->frees,
+	   stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_sets, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
+	   stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_resets, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
+	   stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_tests, %d cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
+	   stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
+
+  fprintf (file, _("%d bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
+
+  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
+				  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
+}
+
+
+/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print (file, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  int i;
+  static const char *names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
+
+  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
+    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %d\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
+    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, names[i], &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_enable ()
+{
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+bitset_stats_disable ()
+{
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_read (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+  
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		 1, file) != 1)
+	{
+	  if (ferror (file))
+	    perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("Bad stats file size.\n"));
+	}
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
+}
+
+
+/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_write (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "w");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		  1, file) != 1)
+	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  else
+    perror (_("Could not open stats file for writing."));
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_dump (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
+void
+debug_bitset_stats (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
+	~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
+      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op1 (dst, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  return BITSET_OP1_ (dst->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op2 (dst, src, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_OP2_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op3 (dst, src1, src2, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_OP3_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum bitset_ops op;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  /* This is a bit of a hack.  If the implementation handles
+     a four operand operation then vector to it, passing
+     the enclosed bitsets.  Otherwise use the fallback 
+     bitset_op4 routine.  */
+  if (dst->s.bset->b.ops->op4 != bitset_op4)
+     return BITSET_OP4_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset,
+			 src3->s.bset, op);
+
+  return bitset_op4 (dst, src1, src2, src3, op);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_list (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_bindex tmp;
+  bitset_bindex size;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+  
+  type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
+  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
+  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
+  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_reverse_list (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  return BITSET_REVERSE_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+struct bitset_ops_struct bitset_stats_ops = {
+  bitset_stats_set,
+  bitset_stats_reset,
+  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_size,
+  bitset_stats_op1,
+  bitset_stats_op2,
+  bitset_stats_op3,
+  bitset_stats_op4,
+  bitset_stats_list,
+  bitset_stats_reverse_list,
+  bitset_stats_free,
+  BITSET_STATS
+};
+
+
+/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_stats_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+int bitset_stats_bytes (void)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset sbset;
+
+  bset->b.ops = &bitset_stats_ops;
+
+  /* Disable cache.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = 0;
+  bset->b.cdata = 0;
+
+  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
+     we are a wrapper over.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bset->s.bset = sbset;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
+  
+  return bset;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
+#define _BITSET_STATS_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
+
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, 
+					 enum bitset_type));
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv-print.h"
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------.
+| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
+{
+  size_t i, j;
+  size_t hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
+
+  /* Title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
+
+  /* Column numbers. */
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    fprintf (out, "%d", i % 10);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  .", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs (".\n", out);
+
+  /* Contents. */
+  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
+    {
+      fprintf (out, "%2d|", i);
+      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
+	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
+      fputs ("|\n", out);
+    }
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  `", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs ("'\n", out);
+
+  /* End title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+					 bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type)
+     unsigned int n_vecs;
+     unsigned int n_bits;
+     enum bitset_type type;
+{
+  unsigned int vector_bytes;
+  unsigned int bytes;
+  bitset *bsetv;
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+  
+  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
+  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset);
+  bsetv = (bitset *) xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
+    {
+      bsetv[i] = (bitset) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
+      
+      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
+    }
+  
+  /* Null terminate table.  */
+  bsetv[i] = 0;
+  return bsetv;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_create (n_vecs, n_bits, attr)
+     unsigned int n_vecs;
+     unsigned int n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+  
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
+void
+bitsetv_free (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
+  free (bsetv);
+}
+
+
+/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
+void
+bitsetv_zero (bsetv)
+     struct bitset_struct **bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
+void
+bitsetv_ones (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+void
+bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int j;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
+      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
+        bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+void
+bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
+   FILE.  */
+void
+bitsetv_dump (file, title, subtitle, bsetv)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *title, *subtitle;
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s %d\n", subtitle, i);
+      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (file, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+debug_bitsetv (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%d: ", i);
+      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_H
+#define _BITSETV_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+typedef bitset * bitsetv;
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int,
+				      enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int,
+				       unsigned int));
+
+/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+				  const char *, bitsetv));
+
+/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,126 +19,43 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strrchr
-#  define strrchr rindex
-# endif
-#endif
-#include <assert.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
-void *memrchr ();
 #endif

 #include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"

-#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-#endif
-
-#define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
-
-/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT to point
-   to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.  Works properly even if
-   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).
-   WARNING: This function doesn't work for cwd-relative names like
-   `a:foo' that are specified with a drive-letter prefix.  That case
-   is handled in the caller.  */
-static size_t
-dir_name_r (char const *path, char const **result)
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
 {
-  char const *slash;
-  size_t length;		/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;

-  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
-  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
-    {
-      char const *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
-      if (b && slash < b)
-	slash = b;
-    }
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;

-  /* If the last byte of PATH is a slash, decrement SLASH until it's
-     pointing at the leftmost in a sequence of trailing slashes.  */
-  if (slash && slash[1] == 0)
-    {
-      while (path < slash && ISSLASH (slash[-1]))
-	{
-	  --slash;
-	}
-
-      if (path < slash)
-	{
-	  size_t len = slash - path;
-	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', len);
-	  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	    {
-	      char const *b = memrchr (path, '\\', len);
-	      if (b && slash < b)
-		slash = b;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (slash == 0)
-    {
-      /* File is in the current directory.  */
-
-      length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
-
-      if (length == 0)
-	{
-	  path = ".";
-	  length = 1;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  If we have a
-	 canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
-      char const *lim = path + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
-
-      while (lim < slash && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	--slash;
-
-      length = slash - path + 1;
-    }
-
-  *result = path;
-  return length;
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
 }

 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
+   allocated with xmalloc.
   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
   (by effectively ignoring them).  */

 char *
 dir_name (char const *path)
 {
-  char const *result;
-  size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
-  int append_dot = (length && length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (newpath));
-  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
-  if (newpath == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, result, length);
-  /* If PATH is "d:foo", return "d:.", the CWD on drive d:  */
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
  if (append_dot)
    newpath[length++] = '.';
  newpath[length] = 0;
@@ -149,7 +66,8 @@ dir_name (char const *path)
 /*

 Run the test like this (expect no output):
-  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall memrchr.c dirname.c
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out

 BEGIN-DATA
@@ -165,7 +83,6 @@ END-DATA

 # define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
 # include <stdio.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>

 int
 main ()
@@ -183,7 +100,6 @@ main ()
      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
 	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
    }
-  exit (0);
-
+  return 0;
 }
 #endif
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,7 +25,23 @@
 #  endif
 # endif

-char *
-dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));

 #endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support ebitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EBITSET_H
+#define _EBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int ebitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset ebitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void ebitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
@@ -3,20 +3,19 @@
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>.  */

@@ -54,6 +53,7 @@ void exit ();
 #endif

 #include "error.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"

 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
@@ -2,24 +2,23 @@
   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to [email protected]
   before changing it!
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002
   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -31,14 +30,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-# ifndef const
-#  define const
-# endif
-#endif
-
 #include <stdio.h>

 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
@@ -60,14 +51,12 @@
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE


-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <unistd.h>
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+#endif

 #ifdef VMS
 # include <unixlib.h>
@@ -190,30 +179,18 @@ static enum
 /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
 static char *posixly_correct;

-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
+#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <string.h>
-# define my_index	strchr
 #else
-
-# if HAVE_STRING_H
-#  include <string.h>
-# else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
 #  include <strings.h>
 # endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-#ifndef getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
 #endif

+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined strchr && !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# define strchr my_strchr
 static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
+strchr (str, chr)
     const char *str;
     int chr;
 {
@@ -225,20 +202,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
    }
  return 0;
 }
+#endif

-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-# endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !defined getenv && !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+char *getenv ();
+#endif

 /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */

@@ -647,7 +615,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)

  if (longopts != NULL
      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !strchr (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
    {
      char *nameend;
      const struct option *p;
@@ -762,7 +730,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	 option, then it's an error.
 	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	  || strchr (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
 	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
@@ -786,7 +754,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)

  {
    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+    char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);

    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
    if (*nextchar == '\0')
@@ -1,21 +1,23 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifndef _GETOPT_H

@@ -27,11 +29,16 @@
   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
-   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
-   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   not defined, include <stdlib.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc (and will declare getopt).  Fall back on <ctype.h> if
+   <stdlib.h> might not exist.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
 #if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
-# include <ctype.h>
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H || STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+#  include <ctype.h>
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
@@ -138,14 +145,16 @@ struct option
   `getopt'.  */

 #if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# if defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT
+#  ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
 extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
-# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+#  else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+#  endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+# endif /* defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT */

 # ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
@@ -1,37 +1,27 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98, 2002
     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
 #endif

 #include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
 #include <stdio.h>

 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
@@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
 #include <assert.h>

 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
-# error "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
 void free ();
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
-# error "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
@@ -61,6 +61,40 @@ char *malloc ();

 #include "hash.h"

+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
+
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
+
 /* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
   some user provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
@@ -576,19 +610,22 @@ void
 hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  struct hash_entry *cursor;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
      if (bucket->data)
 	{
+	  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+	  struct hash_entry *next;
+
 	  /* Free the bucket overflow.  */
-	  for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+	  for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
 	    {
 	      if (table->data_freer)
 		(*table->data_freer) (cursor->data);
 	      cursor->data = NULL;

+	      next = cursor->next;
 	      /* Relinking is done one entry at a time, as it is to be expected
 		 that overflows are either rare or short.  */
 	      cursor->next = table->free_entry_list;
@@ -995,13 +1032,14 @@ hash_print (const Hash_table *table)
      struct hash_entry *cursor;

      if (bucket)
-	printf ("%d:\n", slot);
+	printf ("%d:\n", bucket - table->bucket);

      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
 	{
 	  char *s = (char *) cursor->data;
 	  /* FIXME */
-	  printf ("  %s\n", s);
+	  if (s)
+	    printf ("  %s\n", s);
 	}
    }
 }
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering <[email protected]>, 1998.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,13 +21,16 @@
 /* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */

-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

 typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
 typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
@@ -54,39 +57,7 @@ struct hash_tuning

 typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;

-struct hash_table
-  {
-    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
-       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
-       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
-    struct hash_entry *bucket;
-    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
-    unsigned n_buckets;
-    unsigned n_buckets_used;
-    unsigned n_entries;
-
-    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
-    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
-
-    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
-       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
-       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
-       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
-       function for a user entry.  */
-    Hash_hasher hasher;
-    Hash_comparator comparator;
-    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
-
-    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
-    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
-
-#if USE_OBSTACK
-    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
-       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
-       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
-    struct obstack entry_stack;
-#endif
-  };
+struct hash_table;

 typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;

@@ -118,3 +89,5 @@ void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
 void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
 void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support lbitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LBITSET_H
+#define _LBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int lbitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset lbitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void lbitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Bison depends on libiberty's implementation of bitsets, which
+   requires a `libiberty.h' file.  This file provides the minimum
+   services.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
+# define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# endif
+
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+#endif /* ! BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]).
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef	__ptr_t
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef memcmp
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
+
+#else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
+   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
+   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+
+/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
+# define OP_T_THRES	16
+
+/* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif
+
+#endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+#else
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+#endif
+
+/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
+
+/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
+
+   1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
+
+   2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
+      memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
+      block after the initial byte operations.  The maximum number of
+      full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
+
+   3. Compare the few remaining bytes.  */
+
+#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
+   A and B are known to be different.
+   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
+__inline
+# endif
+static int
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
+{
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
+  op_t a0, b0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+    }
+  while (a0 == b0);
+  return a0 - b0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
+   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
+   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1;
+  op_t b0, b1;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  if (a1 != b1)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
+   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
+   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
+  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
+  op_t x;
+  int shl, shr;
+
+  /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
+     aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison.  */
+
+  shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
+  shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
+
+  /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
+     it points in the middle of.  */
+  srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+      if (x != b3)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
+      if (x != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
+      if (x != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
+      if (x != b2)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+  if (x != b3)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0;
+  op_t b0;
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
+  op_t res;
+
+  if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
+    {
+      /* There are at least some bytes to compare.  No need to test
+	 for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop.  */
+      while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
+	{
+	  a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+	  b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+	  srcp1 += 1;
+	  srcp2 += 1;
+	  res = a0 - b0;
+	  if (res != 0)
+	    return res;
+	  len -= 1;
+	}
+
+      /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
+	 SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
+	 aligned compare or need to shuffle bits.  */
+
+      if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
+	res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      else
+	res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+
+      /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1].  */
+      srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      len %= OPSIZ;
+    }
+
+  /* There are just a few bytes to compare.  Use byte memory operations.  */
+  while (len != 0)
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+      res = a0 - b0;
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+      len -= 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+# undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif
@@ -6,20 +6,19 @@
   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski ([email protected]),
   and implemented by Roland McGrath ([email protected]).

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkstemp
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}
@@ -1,22 +1,24 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307 USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -53,7 +55,7 @@
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE


-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __STDC__
 #  define POINTER void *
 # else
 #  define POINTER char *
@@ -84,7 +86,7 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
   variable by default points to the internal function
   `print_and_abort'.  */
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 static void print_and_abort (void);
 void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
 # else
@@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */

-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
@@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
     struct obstack *h;
     int size;
     int alignment;
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
     void (*freefun) (void *);
 # else
@@ -183,7 +185,7 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
      size = 4096 - extra;
    }

-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
 # else
@@ -212,7 +214,7 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
     struct obstack *h;
     int size;
     int alignment;
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
 # else
@@ -242,7 +244,7 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
      size = 4096 - extra;
    }

-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
 # else
@@ -343,7 +345,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   This is here for debugging.
   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */

-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 /* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
 int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
@@ -505,7 +507,7 @@ print_and_abort ()
 /* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */

-#  if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 /* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */

@@ -616,7 +618,7 @@ POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
 }

-#  endif /* __STDC__ */
+#  endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */

 # endif /* 0 */

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
+   1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -7,20 +9,19 @@
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Summary:

@@ -123,7 +124,11 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif

 #ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
-# define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((void *) ((P) + (char *) 0))
+# else
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+# endif
 #endif

 /* We need the type of the resulting object.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
@@ -170,7 +175,7 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
@@ -194,7 +199,7 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */

 /* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */

-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
 extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
 extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
@@ -211,7 +216,7 @@ extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
 extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
 #endif

-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)

 /* Do the function-declarations after the structs
   but before defining the macros.  */
@@ -251,7 +256,7 @@ int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);

-#endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */

 /* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
   so we do not declare them.  */
@@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
 #else
 extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
@@ -289,7 +294,7 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;

 /* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
   standard C version.  */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if PROTOYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)

 # define obstack_init(h)					\
  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
@@ -584,7 +589,7 @@ __extension__								\
  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))

-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
 ( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -305,6 +305,16 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
      c = arg[i];
      switch (c)
 	{
+	case '\0':
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      c = '0';
+	    }
+	  break;
+
 	case '?':
 	  switch (quoting_style)
 	    {
@@ -531,14 +541,15 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 				   p->style, p);
 }

-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
   The returned value points to static storage that can be
   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
 static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
 		    struct quoting_options const *options)
 {
  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
@@ -579,13 +590,13 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
  {
    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
-    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);

    if (size <= qsize)
      {
 	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
 	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
-	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
      }

    return val;
@@ -595,7 +606,7 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
 char *
 quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
 {
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
 }

 char *
@@ -604,13 +615,29 @@ quotearg (char const *arg)
  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
 }

+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
+static struct quoting_options
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o;
+  o.style = style;
+  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
+  return o;
+}
+
 char *
 quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
 {
-  struct quoting_options o;
-  o.style = s;
-  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &o);
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
 }

 char *
@@ -625,7 +652,7 @@ quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
  struct quoting_options options;
  options = default_quoting_options;
  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
-  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
 }

 char *
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,6 +19,9 @@

 /* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */

+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
 /* Basic quoting styles.  */
 enum quoting_style
  {
@@ -30,9 +35,9 @@ enum quoting_style
  };

 /* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
-#endif
+# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+# endif

 /* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
 extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
@@ -40,13 +45,13 @@ extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];

 struct quoting_options;

-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

 /* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
@@ -99,6 +104,12 @@ char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
   options to specify the quoting method.  */
 char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));

+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s,
+				    char const *arg, size_t argsize));
+
 /* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
 char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));

@@ -107,3 +118,5 @@ char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));

 /* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
 char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.  Checks
+   PATH.  Sample use:
+
+   stream = readpipe ("progname", "arg1", "arg2", (char *) 0);
+
+   Return 0 on error.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+FILE *
+readpipe (char *progname, ...)
+#else
+FILE *
+readpipe (va_alist)
+#endif
+{
+#if ! __STDC__
+  char *progname;
+#endif
+  int fds[2];
+  va_list ap;
+  char *args[100];
+  int argno = 0;
+
+  /* Copy arguments into `args'. */
+#if __STDC__
+  va_start (ap, progname);
+#else
+  va_start (ap);
+  progname = va_arg (ap, char *);
+#endif
+  args[argno++] = progname;
+  while ((args[argno++] = va_arg (ap, char *)) != NULL)
+    ;
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  if (pipe (fds) == -1)
+    return 0;
+
+  switch (fork ())
+    {
+    case 0:			/* Child.  Write to pipe. */
+      close (fds[0]);		/* Not needed. */
+      if (fds[1] != 1)		/* Redirect 1 (stdout) only if needed.  */
+	{
+	  close (1);		/* We don't want the old stdout. */
+	  if (dup (fds[1]) == 0)/* Maybe stdin was closed. */
+	    {
+	      dup (fds[1]);	/* Guaranteed to dup to 1 (stdout). */
+	      close (0);
+	    }
+	  close (fds[1]);	/* No longer needed. */
+	}
+      execvp (args[0], args);
+      _exit (2);		/* 2 for `cmp'. */
+    case -1:			/* Error. */
+      return 0;
+    default:			/* Parent.  Read from pipe. */
+      close (fds[1]);		/* Not needed. */
+      return fdopen (fds[0], "r");
+    }
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}
@@ -1,19 +1,18 @@
 /* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
-   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-   the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
-   Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"
@@ -1,21 +1,20 @@
 /* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -25,7 +24,11 @@
 # if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
 #  include <memory.h>
 # endif
+/* Temporarily redefine strnlen so that an inconsistent prototype
+   (on at least AIX4.3.2.0 w/gcc-2.95.3) doesn't cause trouble.  */
+# define strnlen system_strnlen
 # include <string.h>
+# undef strnlen
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Portable version of strrchr().
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+
+@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
+
+Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
+the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
+null character, the results are undefined.
+
+@end deftypefn
+
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strrchr (s, c)
+  register const char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  char *rtnval = 0;
+
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      rtnval = (char*) s;
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (rtnval);
+}
@@ -3,20 +3,19 @@
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
-   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-   the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
-   Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define STDC_HEADERS
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
+   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     int group;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+	grouping = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+	  if (thousands == L'\0')
+	    grouping = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+	  break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+	end = s;
+      else
+	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+	break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+	break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	overflow = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	  i += c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+/* Prototype.  */
+INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
+#endif
+
+
+INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE	0
+# define __GT_BIGFILE	1
+# define __GT_DIR	2
+# define __GT_NOCREATE	3
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H || _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __getpid getpid
+# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __open64 open
+# define __lxstat64(version, path, buf) lstat (path, buf)
+# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC)
+# define __secure_getenv getenv
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <hp-timing.h>
+# if HP_TIMING_AVAIL
+#  define RANDOM_BITS(Var) \
+  if (__builtin_expect (value == UINT64_C (0), 0))			      \
+    {									      \
+      /* If this is the first time this function is used initialize	      \
+	 the variable we accumulate the value in to some somewhat	      \
+	 random value.  If we'd not do this programs at startup time	      \
+	 might have a reduced set of possible names, at least on slow	      \
+	 machines.  */							      \
+      struct timeval tv;						      \
+      __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);					      \
+      value = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;		      \
+    }									      \
+  HP_TIMING_NOW (Var)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
+   available.  The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
+   (approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
+   uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
+   which is better than not having mkstemp at all.  */
+#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
+# define uint64_t uintmax_t
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+	       int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+	plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+	dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+	/* nothing */ ;
+      else
+	dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+	dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+	dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+	{
+	  __set_errno (ENOENT);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;			/* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary filenames.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX").  The name constructed
+   does not exist at the time of the call to __gen_tempname.  TMPL is
+   overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:	simply verify that the name does not exist
+			at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:		create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+			and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_BIGFILE:	same as __GT_FILE but use open64().
+   __GT_DIR:		create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int kind)
+{
+  int len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  static uint64_t value;
+  uint64_t random_time_bits;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.  */
+  unsigned int attempts_min = 62 * 62 * 62;
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+  unsigned int attempts = attempts_min < TMP_MAX ? TMP_MAX : attempts_min;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&tmpl[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6];
+
+  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
+#ifdef RANDOM_BITS
+  RANDOM_BITS (random_time_bits);
+#else
+# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+    random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
+  }
+# else
+  random_time_bits = time (NULL);
+# endif
+#endif
+  value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; value += 7777, ++count)
+    {
+      uint64_t v = value;
+
+      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
+      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
+
+      switch (kind)
+	{
+	case __GT_FILE:
+	  fd = __open (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_BIGFILE:
+	  fd = __open64 (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_DIR:
+	  fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_NOCREATE:
+	  /* This case is backward from the other three.  __gen_tempname
+	     succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
+	     Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
+	     of the loop.  */
+	  if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
+	    {
+	      if (errno == ENOENT)
+		{
+		  __set_errno (save_errno);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Give up now. */
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	default:
+	  assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
+	}
+
+      if (fd >= 0)
+	{
+	  __set_errno (save_errno);
+	  return fd;
+	}
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if IN_GCC
+
+/* These are the original includes --akim.  */
+#include "config.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "intl.h"
+#include "rtl.h"
+
+#else
+
+/* These are my replacements by hand --akim.
+   There is another change below, flag with IN_GCC.  */
+# include "../src/system.h"
+int time_report = 0;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_CLOCK_T
+typedef int clock_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TMS
+struct tms
+{
+  clock_t tms_utime;
+  clock_t tms_stime;
+  clock_t tms_cutime;
+  clock_t tms_cstime;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE && !HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE
+extern int getrusage PARAMS ((int, struct rusage *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_TIMES && !HAVE_DECL_TIMES
+extern clock_t times PARAMS ((struct tms *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_CLOCK && !HAVE_DECL_CLOCK
+extern clock_t clock PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
+# define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+#endif
+
+/* Calculation of scale factor to convert ticks to microseconds.
+   We mustn't use CLOCKS_PER_SEC except with clock().  */
+#if HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_CLK_TCK
+# define TICKS_PER_SECOND sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK) /* POSIX 1003.1-1996 */
+#else
+# ifdef CLK_TCK
+#  define TICKS_PER_SECOND CLK_TCK /* POSIX 1003.1-1988; obsolescent */
+# else
+#  ifdef HZ
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND HZ  /* traditional UNIX */
+#  else
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND 100 /* often the correct value */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer times to getrusage to clock (each gives successively less
+   information).  */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+# define USE_TIMES
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+# define HAVE_WALL_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+# define USE_GETRUSAGE
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CLOCK
+# define USE_CLOCK
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* libc is very likely to have snuck a call to sysconf() into one of
+   the underlying constants, and that can be very slow, so we have to
+   precompute them.  Whose wonderful idea was it to make all those
+   _constants_ variable at run time, anyway?  */
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+static float ticks_to_msec;
+#define TICKS_TO_MSEC (1 / (float)TICKS_PER_SECOND)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+static float clocks_to_msec;
+#define CLOCKS_TO_MSEC (1 / (float)CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+#endif
+
+#if IN_GCC
+#include "flags.h"
+#endif
+#include "timevar.h"
+
+/* See timevar.h for an explanation of timing variables.  */
+
+/* This macro evaluates to non-zero if timing variables are enabled.  */
+#define TIMEVAR_ENABLE (time_report)
+
+/* A timing variable.  */
+
+struct timevar_def
+{
+  /* Elapsed time for this variable.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def elapsed;
+
+  /* If this variable is timed independently of the timing stack,
+     using timevar_start, this contains the start time.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+  /* The name of this timing variable.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable is running as a standalone
+     timer.  */
+  unsigned standalone : 1;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable was ever started or pushed onto
+     the timing stack.  */
+  unsigned used : 1;
+};
+
+/* An element on the timing stack.  Elapsed time is attributed to the
+   topmost timing variable on the stack.  */
+
+struct timevar_stack_def
+{
+  /* The timing variable at this stack level.  */
+  struct timevar_def *timevar;
+
+  /* The next lower timing variable context in the stack.  */
+  struct timevar_stack_def *next;
+};
+
+/* Declared timing variables.  Constructed from the contents of
+   timevar.def.  */
+static struct timevar_def timevars[TIMEVAR_LAST];
+
+/* The top of the timing stack.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *stack;
+
+/* A list of unused (i.e. allocated and subsequently popped)
+   timevar_stack_def instances.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *unused_stack_instances;
+
+/* The time at which the topmost element on the timing stack was
+   pushed.  Time elapsed since then is attributed to the topmost
+   element.  */
+static struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+static void get_time
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *));
+static void timevar_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *, struct timevar_time_def *,
+	   struct timevar_time_def *));
+
+/* Fill the current times into TIME.  The definition of this function
+   also defines any or all of the HAVE_USER_TIME, HAVE_SYS_TIME, and
+   HAVA_WALL_TIME macros.  */
+
+static void
+get_time (now)
+     struct timevar_time_def *now;
+{
+  now->user = 0;
+  now->sys  = 0;
+  now->wall = 0;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  {
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+    struct tms tms;
+    now->wall = times (&tms)   * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->user = (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_cutime) * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = (tms.tms_stime + tms.tms_cstime) * ticks_to_msec;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_GETRUSAGE
+    struct rusage rusage;
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage);
+    now->user = rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  = rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &rusage);
+    now->user += rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  += rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+    now->user = clock () * clocks_to_msec;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/* Add the difference between STOP_TIME and START_TIME to TIMER.  */
+
+static void
+timevar_accumulate (timer, start_time, stop_time)
+  struct timevar_time_def *timer;
+  struct timevar_time_def *start_time;
+  struct timevar_time_def *stop_time;
+{
+  timer->user += stop_time->user - start_time->user;
+  timer->sys += stop_time->sys - start_time->sys;
+  timer->wall += stop_time->wall - start_time->wall;
+}
+
+/* Initialize timing variables.  */
+
+void
+init_timevar ()
+{
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Zero all elapsed times.  */
+  memset ((void *) timevars, 0, sizeof (timevars));
+
+  /* Initialize the names of timing variables.  */
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+  timevars[identifier__].name = name__;
+#include "timevar.def"
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+  ticks_to_msec = TICKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+  clocks_to_msec = CLOCKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Push TIMEVAR onto the timing stack.  No further elapsed time is
+   attributed to the previous topmost timing variable on the stack;
+   subsequent elapsed time is attributed to TIMEVAR, until it is
+   popped or another element is pushed on top.
+
+   TIMEVAR cannot be running as a standalone timer.  */
+
+void
+timevar_push (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_stack_def *context;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Can't push a standalone timer.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* See if we have a previously-allocated stack instance.  If so,
+     take it off the list.  If not, malloc a new one.  */
+  if (unused_stack_instances != NULL)
+    {
+      context = unused_stack_instances;
+      unused_stack_instances = unused_stack_instances->next;
+    }
+  else
+    context = (struct timevar_stack_def *)
+      xmalloc (sizeof (struct timevar_stack_def));
+
+  /* Fill it in and put it on the stack.  */
+  context->timevar = tv;
+  context->next = stack;
+  stack = context;
+}
+
+/* Pop the topmost timing variable element off the timing stack.  The
+   popped variable must be TIMEVAR.  Elapsed time since the that
+   element was pushed on, or since it was last exposed on top of the
+   stack when the element above it was popped off, is credited to that
+   timing variable.  */
+
+void
+timevar_pop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+  struct timevar_stack_def *popped = stack;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  if (&timevars[timevar] != stack->timevar)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* Attribute the elapsed time to the element we're popping.  */
+  timevar_accumulate (&popped->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to the
+     element just exposed on the stack.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* Take the item off the stack.  */
+  stack = stack->next;
+
+  /* Don't delete the stack element; instead, add it to the list of
+     unused elements for later use.  */
+  popped->next = unused_stack_instances;
+  unused_stack_instances = popped;
+}
+
+/* Start timing TIMEVAR independently of the timing stack.  Elapsed
+   time until timevar_stop is called for the same timing variable is
+   attributed to TIMEVAR.  */
+
+void
+timevar_start (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Don't allow the same timing variable to be started more than
+     once.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+  tv->standalone = 1;
+
+  get_time (&tv->start_time);
+}
+
+/* Stop timing TIMEVAR.  Time elapsed since timevar_start was called
+   is attributed to it.  */
+
+void
+timevar_stop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* TIMEVAR must have been started via timevar_start.  */
+  if (!tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  get_time (&now);
+  timevar_accumulate (&tv->elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+}
+
+/* Fill the elapsed time for TIMEVAR into ELAPSED.  Returns
+   update-to-date information even if TIMEVAR is currently running.  */
+
+void
+timevar_get (timevar, elapsed)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+     struct timevar_time_def *elapsed;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  *elapsed = tv->elapsed;
+
+  /* Is TIMEVAR currently running as a standalone timer?  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+    }
+  /* Or is TIMEVAR at the top of the timer stack?  */
+  else if (stack->timevar == tv)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Summarize timing variables to FP.  The timing variable TV_TOTAL has
+   a special meaning -- it's considered to be the total elapsed time,
+   for normalizing the others, and is displayed last.  */
+
+void
+timevar_print (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  /* Only print stuff if we have some sort of time information.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME) || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME)
+  unsigned int /* timevar_id_t */ id;
+  struct timevar_time_def *total = &timevars[TV_TOTAL].elapsed;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Update timing information in case we're calling this from GDB.  */
+
+  if (fp == 0)
+    fp = stderr;
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  fputs (_("\nExecution times (seconds)\n"), fp);
+  for (id = 0; id < (unsigned int) TIMEVAR_LAST; ++id)
+    {
+      struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[(timevar_id_t) id];
+      const float tiny = 5e-3;
+
+      /* Don't print the total execution time here; that goes at the
+	 end.  */
+      if ((timevar_id_t) id == TV_TOTAL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables that were never used.  */
+      if (!tv->used)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables if we're going to get a row of
+         zeroes.  */
+      if (tv->elapsed.user < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.sys < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.wall < tiny)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The timing variable name.  */
+      fprintf (fp, " %-22s:", tv->name);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+      /* Print user-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) usr",
+	       tv->elapsed.user,
+	       (total->user == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.user / total->user) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_USER_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+      /* Print system-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) sys",
+	       tv->elapsed.sys,
+	       (total->sys == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.sys / total->sys) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+      /* Print wall clock time elapsed.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) wall",
+	       tv->elapsed.wall,
+	       (total->wall == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.wall / total->wall) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_WALL_TIME */
+
+      putc ('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+  /* Print total time.  */
+  fputs (_(" TOTAL                 :"), fp);
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->user);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->sys);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f\n", total->wall);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME)
+	  || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME) */
+}
+
+/* Returns time (user + system) used so far by the compiler process,
+   in microseconds.  */
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def total_elapsed;
+  timevar_get (TV_TOTAL, &total_elapsed);
+  return total_elapsed.user + total_elapsed.sys;
+}
+
+/* Prints a message to stderr stating that time elapsed in STR is
+   TOTAL (given in microseconds).  */
+
+void
+print_time (str, total)
+     const char *str;
+     long total;
+{
+  long all_time = get_run_time ();
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   _("time in %s: %ld.%06ld (%ld%%)\n"),
+	   str, total / 1000000, total % 1000000,
+ 	   all_time == 0 ? 0
+ 	   : (long) (((100.0 * (double) total) / (double) all_time) + .5));
+}
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* This file contains the definitions for timing variables used to -*- C -*-
+   measure run-time performance of the compiler.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+   This file is part of GCC.
+
+   GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains timing variable definitions, used by timevar.h
+   and timevar.c.
+
+   Syntax:
+
+     DEFTIMEVAR (id, name)
+
+   where ID is the enumeral value used to identify the timing
+   variable, and NAME is a character string describing its purpose.  */
+
+/* The total execution time.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_TOTAL                 , "total time")
+
+/* Time spent in the reader.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_READER                , "reader")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SCANNING              , "scanner")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSING               , "parser")
+
+/* Time spent handling the grammar.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REDUCE                , "reducing the grammar")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SETS                  , "computing the sets")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LR0                   , "LR(0)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LALR                  , "LALR(1)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_CONFLICTS             , "conflicts")
+
+/* Time spent outputing results.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REPORT                , "outputing report")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_GRAPH                 , "outputing graph")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_ACTIONS               , "parser action tables")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSER                , "outputing parser")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_M4                    , "running m4")
+
+/* Time spent by freeing the memory :).  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_FREE                  , "freeing")
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+   This file is part of GCC.
+
+   GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+#define GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+
+/* Timing variables are used to measure elapsed time in various
+   portions of the compiler.  Each measures elapsed user, system, and
+   wall-clock time, as appropriate to and supported by the host
+   system.
+
+   Timing variables are defined using the DEFTIMEVAR macro in
+   timevar.def.  Each has an enumeral identifier, used when referring
+   to the timing variable in code, and a character string name.
+
+   Timing variables can be used in two ways:
+
+     - On the timing stack, using timevar_push and timevar_pop.
+       Timing variables may be pushed onto the stack; elapsed time is
+       attributed to the topmost timing variable on the stack.  When
+       another variable is pushed on, the previous topmost variable is
+       `paused' until the pushed variable is popped back off.
+
+     - As a standalone timer, using timevar_start and timevar_stop.
+       All time elapsed between the two calls is attributed to the
+       variable.  
+*/
+   
+/* This structure stores the various varieties of time that can be
+   measured.  Times are stored in seconds.  The time may be an
+   absolute time or a time difference; in the former case, the time
+   base is undefined, except that the difference between two times
+   produces a valid time difference.  */
+
+struct timevar_time_def
+{
+  /* User time in this process.  */
+  float user;
+
+  /* System time (if applicable for this host platform) in this
+     process.  */
+  float sys;
+
+  /* Wall clock time.  */
+  float wall;
+};
+
+/* An enumeration of timing variable identifiers.  Constructed from
+   the contents of timevar.def.  */
+
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+    identifier__, 
+typedef enum
+{
+#include "timevar.def"
+  TIMEVAR_LAST
+}
+timevar_id_t;
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+extern void init_timevar PARAMS ((void));
+extern void timevar_push PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_pop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_start PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_stop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_get PARAMS ((timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *));
+extern void timevar_print PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Provided for backward compatibility.  */
+extern long get_run_time PARAMS ((void));
+extern void print_time PARAMS ((const char *, long));
+
+#endif /* ! GCC_TIMEVAR_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+#  define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+# endif
+
+# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from GNU libc.
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.  */
+
+#  if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef clearerr
+#   define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+#   undef feof
+#   define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef ferror
+#   define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fflush
+#   define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fgets
+#   define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fputc
+#   define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fputs
+#   define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fread
+#   define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fwrite
+#   define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef getc
+#   define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef getchar
+#   define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef putc
+#   define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef putchar
+#   define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ void free ();
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif

-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
+#ifndef HAVE_MALLOC
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc"
 #endif

-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
+#ifndef HAVE_REALLOC
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc"
 #endif

 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
@@ -1,19 +1,6 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-EXTRA_DIST = 					\
-c-bs-a.m4					\
-codeset.m4					\
-dmalloc.m4					\
-error.m4					\
-gettext.m4					\
-glibc21.m4					\
-iconv.m4					\
-isc-posix.m4					\
-lcmessage.m4					\
-malloc.m4					\
-mbrtowc.m4					\
-mbstate_t.m4					\
-prereq.m4					\
-progtest.m4					\
-realloc.m4					\
-strerror_r.m4					\
-warning.m4
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+  dmalloc.m4 error.m4 \
+  m4.m4 mbrtowc.m4 memcmp.m4 mkstemp.m4 \
+  prereq.m4 strerror_r.m4 timevar.m4 warning.m4 \
+  gettext.m4 iconv.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#serial 4
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
-   [AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
-     [
-#if '\a' == 'a'
-      syntax error;
-#endif
-      char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
-      buf[0] = '\a';
-      return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
-     ],
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
-      [Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
-  fi
-])
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#serial AM1
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
-      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
-      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
-    ])
-  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
-      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
-  fi
-])
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
-# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
-# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-# They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-# serial 10
-
-dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]).
-dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.
-dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS],
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    INTLLIBS=
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc])
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl])
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-	       [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-	       [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-		LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV"
-		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-		  [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-		LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-	   fi
-
-	   dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-	   dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-	   dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-	   dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-		   && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-	     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-               [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-
-	     if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	       dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone
-	       dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with
-	       dnl libiconv.
-	       INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV"
-	     fi
-
-	     gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	     LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
-	     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-	     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-	     AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-	     CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	   fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV"
-	LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-      if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-	  GMSGFMT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    fi
-    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
-     [for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-        # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-        case "$ac_file" in
-          *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-        esac
-        # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-        case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-          # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-          ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-          ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-          ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-          # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-          # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-          test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-            /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-            *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          esac
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-            rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-            sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          fi
-          ;;
-        esac
-      done])
-
-
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-    dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-    dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-    dnl compile.
-    dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-    dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-    dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-    dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-    dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-    dnl present or too old.
-    AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-    if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-      ac_verc_fail=yes
-    else
-      dnl Found it, now check the version.
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-      ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-      case $ac_prog_version in
-        '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-        1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-           ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-        *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      esac
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-    fi
-    if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-      INTLBISON=:
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-  ])
-
-dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \
-getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   AM_ICONV
-   AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3])
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-         useit=no
-         for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-           # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-           #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-           #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-           #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-           #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-           case "$desiredlang" in
-             "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-           esac
-         done
-         if test $useit = yes; then
-           NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-         fi
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-   INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])
-   AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#serial 2
-
-# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
-# From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
-  [
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
-      ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
-      [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
-	[
-#include <features.h>
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
- #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
-  Lucky GNU user
- #endif
-#endif
-	],
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
-	ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
-      ]
-    )
-    AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
-    GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
-  ]
-)
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#serial AM2
-
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
-[
-  dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
-  dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
-
-  AC_ARG_WITH([libiconv-prefix],
-[  --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR  search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib], [
-    for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do
-      if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi
-      if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi
-    done
-   ])
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
-    am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
-    am_cv_lib_iconv=no
-    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-      [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-       iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-       iconv_close(cd);],
-      am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-    if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
-      am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-      LIBS="$LIBS -liconv"
-      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>],
-        [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
-         iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
-         iconv_close(cd);],
-        am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
-        am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
-      LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
-    AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
-      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <iconv.h>
-extern
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-"C"
-#endif
-#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
-size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
-#else
-size_t iconv();
-#endif
-], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
-      am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
-    am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
-         }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
-    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
-      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
-  fi
-  LIBICONV=
-  if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
-    LIBICONV="-liconv"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
-])
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#serial 1
-# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
-# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
-# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
-# still uses it.  Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
-# give these diagnostics:
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-#   configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
-
-undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
-  [
-    dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
-  ]
-)
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-# Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
-# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
-# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-# They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-# serial 2
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
-  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
-        [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
-    fi
-  fi])
@@ -1,47 +1,29 @@
-# Bison Semantic Parsers.                               -*- Autotest -*-
-# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+# Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
 # any later version.
-
+#
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
-
+#
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
 # 02111-1307, USA.

-AT_BANNER([[Semantic Parsers.]])
-
-# Well, nothing, or almost, is known about semantic parsers.  For the
-# time being, just make sure we still parse them properly.
-
-## ---------------- ##
-## Parsing Guards.  ##
-## ---------------- ##
-
-
-AT_SETUP([Parsing Guards])
-
-AT_DATA([input.y],
-[[%semantic-parser
-%union {
-  int ival;
-}
-%token <ival> INT
-%type  <ival> exp
-%%
-exp: exp '+' exp { $$ = $1 + $3 }
-   | exp '/' exp %guard { if ($3 == 0) yyerror = 1 } { $$ = $1 / $3 }
-   | INT
-%%
-]])
-
-AT_CHECK([bison -v input.y -o input.c], 0, ignore, ignore)
-
-AT_CLEANUP
+# BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
+# -----------------
+# Check for GNU m4, at least 1.3 (supports frozen files).
+AC_DEFUN([BISON_PROG_GNU_M4],
+[AC_PATH_PROGS(M4, gm4 gnum4 m4, m4)
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether m4 supports frozen files, ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4,
+[ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4=no
+if test x"$M4" != x; then
+  case `$M4 --help < /dev/null 2>&1` in
+    *reload-state*) ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4=yes ;;
+  esac
+fi])])
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#serial 5
-
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
-dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
-dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MALLOC],
-[
- dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
- dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK, 1,
-           [Define if the malloc check has been performed. ])
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
-  [AC_TRY_RUN([
-    char *malloc ();
-    int
-    main ()
-    {
-      exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1);
-    }
-	  ],
-	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes,
-	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no,
-	 dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc is broken.
-	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
-  ])
-  if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
-    AC_LIBOBJ(malloc)
-    AC_DEFINE(malloc, rpl_malloc,
-      [Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.])
-  fi
-])
@@ -1,4 +1,10 @@
-#serial 4
+# mbrtowc.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.

 dnl From Paul Eggert

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# serial 9
-
-# From Paul Eggert.
-
-# BeOS 5 has <wchar.h> but does not define mbstate_t,
-# so you can't declare an object of that type.
-# Check for this incompatibility with Standard C.
-
-# Include stdlib.h first, because otherwise this test would fail on Linux
-# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
-# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
-  [
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
-
-   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mbstate_t], ac_cv_type_mbstate_t,
-    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#include <wchar.h>],
-      [mbstate_t x; return sizeof x;],
-      ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=yes,
-      ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=no)])
-   if test $ac_cv_type_mbstate_t = no; then
-     AC_DEFINE(mbstate_t, int,
-	       [Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define.])
-   fi])
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#serial 7
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MEMCMP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MEMCMP])dnl
+ if test $ac_cv_func_memcmp_working = no; then
+   AC_DEFINE(memcmp, rpl_memcmp,
+     [Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.])
+ fi
+])
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#serial 1
+
+# On some systems (e.g., HPUX-10.20, SunOS4.1.4, solaris2.5.1), mkstemp has the
+# silly limit that it can create no more than 26 files from a given template.
+# Other systems lack mkstemp altogether.  On either type of system, arrange
+# to use the replacement function.
+AC_DEFUN([UTILS_FUNC_MKSTEMP],
+[dnl
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(mkstemp)
+  if test $ac_cv_func_mkstemp = no; then
+    utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations=yes
+  else
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mkstemp limitations],
+      utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations,
+      [
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#         include <stdlib.h>
+	  int main ()
+	  {
+	    int i;
+	    for (i = 0; i < 30; i++)
+	      {
+		char template[] = "conftestXXXXXX";
+		int fd = mkstemp (template);
+		if (fd == -1)
+		  exit (1);
+		close (fd);
+	      }
+	    exit (0);
+	  }
+	  ],
+	utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations=no,
+	utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations=yes,
+	utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations=yes
+	)
+      ]
+    )
+  fi
+
+  if test $utils_cv_func_mkstemp_limitations = yes; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(mkstemp)
+    AC_LIBOBJ(tempname)
+    AC_DEFINE(mkstemp, rpl_mkstemp,
+      [Define to rpl_mkstemp if the replacement function should be used.])
+  fi
+])
@@ -1,15 +1,265 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 28                                                         -*- Autoconf -*-

-dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
-dnl directories of Bison.
+dnl We use jm_ for non Autoconf macros.
+m4_pattern_forbid([^jm_[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ]])dnl
+
+# These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
+# directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ],
+[
+  jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
+  jm_PREREQ_C_STACK
+  jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
+  jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
+  jm_PREREQ_ERROR
+  jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE
+  jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
+  jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE
+  jm_PREREQ_HASH
+  jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
+  jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
+  jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
+  jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM
+  jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER
+  jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
+  jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
+  jm_PREREQ_REGEX
+  jm_PREREQ_STAT
+  jm_PREREQ_STRNLEN
+  jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME # called by mkstemp
+  jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD
+  jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ARGMATCH],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG])
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strcasecmp strncasecmp)
+])
+
+# Ask for argmatch.[ch], and set it up.
+AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_PREREQ_ARGMATCH])
+  AC_LIBOBJ([argmatch])
+  AC_LIBSOURCES([argmatch.c, argmatch.h])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT],
+[
+  dnl For addext.c.
+  AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pathconf)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h string.h unistd.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST],
+[
+  dnl Add any libraries as early as possible.
+  dnl In particular, inet_ntoa needs -lnsl at least on Solaris5.5.1,
+  dnl so we have to add -lnsl to LIBS before checking for that function.
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
+
+  dnl These come from -lnsl on Solaris5.5.1.
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h netdb.h sys/socket.h \
+                   netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME],
+[
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE],
+[
+  AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
+  AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(locale.h stdlib.h string.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
+  AM_C_PROTOTYPES
+])
+
+# AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HASH],
+# [
+#   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
+#   AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
+#   AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
+# ])
+
+# If you use human.c, you need the following files:
+# inttypes.m4 ulonglong.m4
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HUMAN],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_PHYSMEM],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/pstat.h unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pstat_getstatic pstat_getdynamic)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_POSIXVER],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
+])

 AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG],
 [
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint mbsinit)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
  jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
+  jm_FUNC_MEMCMP
  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
  AC_HEADER_STDC
  AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
-  AC_MBSTATE_T
+  AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
  AM_C_PROTOTYPES
 ])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_READUTMP],
+[
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h utmp.h utmpx.h sys/param.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpname)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpxname)
+  AM_C_PROTOTYPES
+
+  if test $ac_cv_header_utmp_h = yes || test $ac_cv_header_utmpx_h = yes; then
+    utmp_includes="\
+$ac_includes_default
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+# include <utmpx.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
+# include <utmp.h>
+#endif
+"
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_pid],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_pid],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_id],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_id],,,[$utmp_includes])
+
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_exit.ut_exit],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_exit.ut_exit],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_exit.e_exit],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_exit.e_exit],,,[$utmp_includes])
+
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_exit.ut_termination],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_exit.ut_termination],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_exit.e_termination],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_exit.e_termination],,,[$utmp_includes])
+    AC_LIBOBJ(readutmp)
+  fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_REGEX],
+[
+  dnl FIXME: Maybe provide a btowc replacement someday: solaris-2.5.1 lacks it.
+  dnl FIXME: Check for wctype and iswctype, and and add -lw if necessary
+  dnl to get them.
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bzero bcopy isascii btowc)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h libintl.h wctype.h wchar.h)
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_STAT],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/sysmacros.h sys/statvfs.h sys/vfs.h inttypes.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/param.h sys/mount.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(statvfs)
+  jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG
+
+  statxfs_includes="\
+$ac_includes_default
+#if HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H
+# include <sys/statvfs.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+#if ( ! HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H && ! HAVE_SYS_VFS_H && HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H && HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H )
+/* NetBSD 1.5.2 needs these, for the declaration of struct statfs. */
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+"
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_basetype],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_basetype],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_fstypename],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_type],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_type],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_fsid.__val],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_fsid.__val],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_namemax],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_namemax],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_namelen],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+  AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_namelen],,,[$statxfs_includes])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_STRNLEN],
+[
+  AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(memory.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([memchr])
+
+  # This is necessary because automake-1.6.1 doesn't understand
+  # that the above use of AC_FUNC_STRNLEN means we may have to use
+  # lib/strnlen.c.
+  test $ac_cv_func_strnlen_working = yes \
+    && AC_LIBOBJ(strnlen)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME],
+[
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_HEADER_STAT
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/time.h stdint.h unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(__secure_getenv gettimeofday)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XGETCWD],
+[
+  AC_C_PROTOTYPES
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/param.h unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getcwd)
+  AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_XREADLINK],
+[
+  AC_C_PROTOTYPES
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h sys/types.h unistd.h)
+])
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-# Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1996.
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
-# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
-# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
-# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
-# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
-# They are *not* in the public domain.
-
-# serial 2
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#serial 5
-
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
-dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
-dnl
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_REALLOC],
-[
- dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
- dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK, 1,
-           [Define if the realloc check has been performed. ])
-
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
-  [AC_TRY_RUN([
-    char *realloc ();
-    int
-    main ()
-    {
-      exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1);
-    }
-	  ],
-	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes,
-	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no,
-	 dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc is broken.
-	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
-  ])
-  if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
-    AC_LIBOBJ(realloc)
-    AC_DEFINE(realloc, rpl_realloc,
-      [Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.])
-  fi
-])
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# -*-Autoconf-*-
+# Checks required to run `stage', a nonportable memory/time tracker.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN([BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR],
+[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/resource.h sys/times.h])
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([times])
+
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([getrusage, times, clock, sysconf], [], [],
+[$ac_includes_default
+#if HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([clock_t, struct tms], [], [],
+[$ac_includes_default
+#if HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+])
+])
@@ -1,4 +1,25 @@
-AC_DEFUN(BISON_WARNING,
+# Finding valid warning flags for the C Compiler.           -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN([BISON_WARNING],
 [AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether compiler accepts $1)
 AC_SUBST(WARNING_CFLAGS)
 ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
@@ -1,3 +1,13 @@
+2002-08-08  gettextize  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* [email protected]: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* [email protected]: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+	* remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.11.5.
+
 2001-10-10  gettextize  <[email protected]>

 	* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.10.40.
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+de
+es
+et
+fr
+hr
+it
+ja
+nl
+pt_BR
+ru
+sv
+tr
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
				`@@ -0,0 +1 @@`
				`patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'`
@@ -1 +1 @@
 .29c
 .49a